Mercurial > emacs
annotate lispref/text.texi @ 42811:cf0c0ef57504
*** empty log message ***
| author | Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Thu, 17 Jan 2002 19:29:24 +0000 |
| parents | 794e4afabce0 |
| children | bfe50f90f666 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 6558 | 1 @c -*-texinfo-*- |
| 2 @c This is part of the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. | |
|
39528
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
3 @c Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 |
| 27189 | 4 @c Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 6558 | 5 @c See the file elisp.texi for copying conditions. |
| 6 @setfilename ../info/text | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
7 @node Text, Non-ASCII Characters, Markers, Top |
| 6558 | 8 @chapter Text |
| 9 @cindex text | |
| 10 | |
| 11 This chapter describes the functions that deal with the text in a | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
12 buffer. Most examine, insert, or delete text in the current buffer, |
|
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
13 often operating at point or on text adjacent to point. Many are |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
14 interactive. All the functions that change the text provide for undoing |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
15 the changes (@pxref{Undo}). |
| 6558 | 16 |
| 17 Many text-related functions operate on a region of text defined by two | |
| 18 buffer positions passed in arguments named @var{start} and @var{end}. | |
| 19 These arguments should be either markers (@pxref{Markers}) or numeric | |
| 20 character positions (@pxref{Positions}). The order of these arguments | |
| 21 does not matter; it is all right for @var{start} to be the end of the | |
| 22 region and @var{end} the beginning. For example, @code{(delete-region 1 | |
| 23 10)} and @code{(delete-region 10 1)} are equivalent. An | |
| 24 @code{args-out-of-range} error is signaled if either @var{start} or | |
| 25 @var{end} is outside the accessible portion of the buffer. In an | |
| 26 interactive call, point and the mark are used for these arguments. | |
| 27 | |
| 28 @cindex buffer contents | |
| 29 Throughout this chapter, ``text'' refers to the characters in the | |
|
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
30 buffer, together with their properties (when relevant). Keep in mind |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
31 that point is always between two characters, and the cursor appears on |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
32 the character after point. |
| 6558 | 33 |
| 34 @menu | |
| 35 * Near Point:: Examining text in the vicinity of point. | |
| 36 * Buffer Contents:: Examining text in a general fashion. | |
| 37 * Comparing Text:: Comparing substrings of buffers. | |
| 38 * Insertion:: Adding new text to a buffer. | |
| 39 * Commands for Insertion:: User-level commands to insert text. | |
| 40 * Deletion:: Removing text from a buffer. | |
| 41 * User-Level Deletion:: User-level commands to delete text. | |
| 42 * The Kill Ring:: Where removed text sometimes is saved for later use. | |
| 43 * Undo:: Undoing changes to the text of a buffer. | |
| 44 * Maintaining Undo:: How to enable and disable undo information. | |
| 45 How to control how much information is kept. | |
| 46 * Filling:: Functions for explicit filling. | |
| 12098 | 47 * Margins:: How to specify margins for filling commands. |
| 23147 | 48 * Adaptive Fill:: Adaptive Fill mode chooses a fill prefix from context. |
| 6558 | 49 * Auto Filling:: How auto-fill mode is implemented to break lines. |
| 50 * Sorting:: Functions for sorting parts of the buffer. | |
| 51 * Columns:: Computing horizontal positions, and using them. | |
| 52 * Indentation:: Functions to insert or adjust indentation. | |
| 53 * Case Changes:: Case conversion of parts of the buffer. | |
| 54 * Text Properties:: Assigning Lisp property lists to text characters. | |
| 55 * Substitution:: Replacing a given character wherever it appears. | |
|
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
56 * Transposition:: Swapping two portions of a buffer. |
| 6558 | 57 * Registers:: How registers are implemented. Accessing the text or |
| 58 position stored in a register. | |
|
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
59 * Base 64:: Conversion to or from base 64 encoding. |
|
39208
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
60 * MD5 Checksum:: Compute the MD5 ``message digest''/``checksum''. |
| 6558 | 61 * Change Hooks:: Supplying functions to be run when text is changed. |
| 62 @end menu | |
| 63 | |
| 64 @node Near Point | |
| 65 @section Examining Text Near Point | |
| 66 | |
| 67 Many functions are provided to look at the characters around point. | |
| 68 Several simple functions are described here. See also @code{looking-at} | |
| 69 in @ref{Regexp Search}. | |
| 70 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
71 @defun char-after &optional position |
| 6558 | 72 This function returns the character in the current buffer at (i.e., |
| 73 immediately after) position @var{position}. If @var{position} is out of | |
| 74 range for this purpose, either before the beginning of the buffer, or at | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
75 or beyond the end, then the value is @code{nil}. The default for |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
76 @var{position} is point. |
| 6558 | 77 |
| 78 In the following example, assume that the first character in the | |
| 79 buffer is @samp{@@}: | |
| 80 | |
| 81 @example | |
| 82 @group | |
| 83 (char-to-string (char-after 1)) | |
| 84 @result{} "@@" | |
| 85 @end group | |
| 86 @end example | |
| 87 @end defun | |
| 88 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
89 @defun char-before &optional position |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
90 This function returns the character in the current buffer immediately |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
91 before position @var{position}. If @var{position} is out of range for |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
92 this purpose, either before the beginning of the buffer, or at or beyond |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
93 the end, then the value is @code{nil}. The default for |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
94 @var{position} is point. |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
95 @end defun |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
96 |
| 6558 | 97 @defun following-char |
| 98 This function returns the character following point in the current | |
| 99 buffer. This is similar to @code{(char-after (point))}. However, if | |
| 100 point is at the end of the buffer, then @code{following-char} returns 0. | |
| 101 | |
| 102 Remember that point is always between characters, and the terminal | |
| 103 cursor normally appears over the character following point. Therefore, | |
| 104 the character returned by @code{following-char} is the character the | |
| 105 cursor is over. | |
| 106 | |
| 107 In this example, point is between the @samp{a} and the @samp{c}. | |
| 108 | |
| 109 @example | |
| 110 @group | |
| 111 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 112 Gentlemen may cry ``Pea@point{}ce! Peace!,'' | |
| 113 but there is no peace. | |
| 114 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 115 @end group | |
| 116 | |
| 117 @group | |
| 118 (char-to-string (preceding-char)) | |
| 119 @result{} "a" | |
| 120 (char-to-string (following-char)) | |
| 121 @result{} "c" | |
| 122 @end group | |
| 123 @end example | |
| 124 @end defun | |
| 125 | |
| 126 @defun preceding-char | |
| 127 This function returns the character preceding point in the current | |
| 128 buffer. See above, under @code{following-char}, for an example. If | |
| 129 point is at the beginning of the buffer, @code{preceding-char} returns | |
| 130 0. | |
| 131 @end defun | |
| 132 | |
| 133 @defun bobp | |
| 134 This function returns @code{t} if point is at the beginning of the | |
| 135 buffer. If narrowing is in effect, this means the beginning of the | |
| 136 accessible portion of the text. See also @code{point-min} in | |
| 137 @ref{Point}. | |
| 138 @end defun | |
| 139 | |
| 140 @defun eobp | |
| 141 This function returns @code{t} if point is at the end of the buffer. | |
| 142 If narrowing is in effect, this means the end of accessible portion of | |
| 143 the text. See also @code{point-max} in @xref{Point}. | |
| 144 @end defun | |
| 145 | |
| 146 @defun bolp | |
| 147 This function returns @code{t} if point is at the beginning of a line. | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
148 @xref{Text Lines}. The beginning of the buffer (or of its accessible |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
149 portion) always counts as the beginning of a line. |
| 6558 | 150 @end defun |
| 151 | |
| 152 @defun eolp | |
| 153 This function returns @code{t} if point is at the end of a line. The | |
| 154 end of the buffer (or of its accessible portion) is always considered | |
| 155 the end of a line. | |
| 156 @end defun | |
| 157 | |
| 158 @node Buffer Contents | |
| 159 @section Examining Buffer Contents | |
| 160 | |
| 161 This section describes two functions that allow a Lisp program to | |
| 162 convert any portion of the text in the buffer into a string. | |
| 163 | |
| 164 @defun buffer-substring start end | |
| 165 This function returns a string containing a copy of the text of the | |
| 166 region defined by positions @var{start} and @var{end} in the current | |
| 167 buffer. If the arguments are not positions in the accessible portion of | |
| 168 the buffer, @code{buffer-substring} signals an @code{args-out-of-range} | |
| 169 error. | |
| 170 | |
| 171 It is not necessary for @var{start} to be less than @var{end}; the | |
| 172 arguments can be given in either order. But most often the smaller | |
| 173 argument is written first. | |
| 174 | |
| 12067 | 175 If the text being copied has any text properties, these are copied into |
| 176 the string along with the characters they belong to. @xref{Text | |
| 177 Properties}. However, overlays (@pxref{Overlays}) in the buffer and | |
| 178 their properties are ignored, not copied. | |
| 179 | |
| 6558 | 180 @example |
| 181 @group | |
| 182 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 183 This is the contents of buffer foo | |
| 184 | |
| 185 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 186 @end group | |
| 187 | |
| 188 @group | |
| 189 (buffer-substring 1 10) | |
| 190 @result{} "This is t" | |
| 191 @end group | |
| 192 @group | |
| 193 (buffer-substring (point-max) 10) | |
| 194 @result{} "he contents of buffer foo | |
| 195 " | |
| 196 @end group | |
| 197 @end example | |
| 198 @end defun | |
| 199 | |
|
13109
acb0ab49f4e7
Fix name of buffer-substring-no-properties.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12775
diff
changeset
|
200 @defun buffer-substring-no-properties start end |
| 12067 | 201 This is like @code{buffer-substring}, except that it does not copy text |
| 202 properties, just the characters themselves. @xref{Text Properties}. | |
| 203 @end defun | |
| 204 | |
| 6558 | 205 @defun buffer-string |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
206 This function returns the contents of the entire accessible portion of |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
207 the current buffer as a string. It is equivalent to |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
208 |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
209 @example |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
210 (buffer-substring (point-min) (point-max)) |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
211 @end example |
| 6558 | 212 |
| 213 @example | |
| 214 @group | |
| 215 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 216 This is the contents of buffer foo | |
| 217 | |
| 218 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 219 | |
| 220 (buffer-string) | |
| 221 @result{} "This is the contents of buffer foo | |
| 222 " | |
| 223 @end group | |
| 224 @end example | |
| 225 @end defun | |
| 226 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
227 @defun thing-at-point thing |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
228 Return the @var{thing} around or next to point, as a string. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
229 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
230 The argument @var{thing} is a symbol which specifies a kind of syntactic |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
231 entity. Possibilities include @code{symbol}, @code{list}, @code{sexp}, |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
232 @code{defun}, @code{filename}, @code{url}, @code{word}, @code{sentence}, |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
233 @code{whitespace}, @code{line}, @code{page}, and others. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
234 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
235 @example |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
236 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
237 Gentlemen may cry ``Pea@point{}ce! Peace!,'' |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
238 but there is no peace. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
239 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
240 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
241 (thing-at-point 'word) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
242 @result{} "Peace" |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
243 (thing-at-point 'line) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
244 @result{} "Gentlemen may cry ``Peace! Peace!,''\n" |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
245 (thing-at-point 'whitespace) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
246 @result{} nil |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
247 @end example |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
248 @end defun |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
249 |
| 6558 | 250 @node Comparing Text |
| 251 @section Comparing Text | |
| 252 @cindex comparing buffer text | |
| 253 | |
| 254 This function lets you compare portions of the text in a buffer, without | |
| 255 copying them into strings first. | |
| 256 | |
| 257 @defun compare-buffer-substrings buffer1 start1 end1 buffer2 start2 end2 | |
| 258 This function lets you compare two substrings of the same buffer or two | |
| 259 different buffers. The first three arguments specify one substring, | |
| 260 giving a buffer and two positions within the buffer. The last three | |
| 261 arguments specify the other substring in the same way. You can use | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
262 @code{nil} for @var{buffer1}, @var{buffer2}, or both to stand for the |
| 6558 | 263 current buffer. |
| 264 | |
| 265 The value is negative if the first substring is less, positive if the | |
| 266 first is greater, and zero if they are equal. The absolute value of | |
| 267 the result is one plus the index of the first differing characters | |
| 268 within the substrings. | |
| 269 | |
| 270 This function ignores case when comparing characters | |
| 12098 | 271 if @code{case-fold-search} is non-@code{nil}. It always ignores |
| 272 text properties. | |
| 6558 | 273 |
| 274 Suppose the current buffer contains the text @samp{foobarbar | |
| 275 haha!rara!}; then in this example the two substrings are @samp{rbar } | |
| 276 and @samp{rara!}. The value is 2 because the first substring is greater | |
| 277 at the second character. | |
| 278 | |
| 279 @example | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
280 (compare-buffer-substrings nil 6 11 nil 16 21) |
| 6558 | 281 @result{} 2 |
| 282 @end example | |
| 283 @end defun | |
| 284 | |
| 285 @node Insertion | |
| 12098 | 286 @section Inserting Text |
| 6558 | 287 @cindex insertion of text |
| 288 @cindex text insertion | |
| 289 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
290 @cindex insertion before point |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
291 @cindex before point, insertion |
| 6558 | 292 @dfn{Insertion} means adding new text to a buffer. The inserted text |
| 293 goes at point---between the character before point and the character | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
294 after point. Some insertion functions leave point before the inserted |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
295 text, while other functions leave it after. We call the former |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
296 insertion @dfn{after point} and the latter insertion @dfn{before point}. |
| 6558 | 297 |
| 298 Insertion relocates markers that point at positions after the | |
| 299 insertion point, so that they stay with the surrounding text | |
| 300 (@pxref{Markers}). When a marker points at the place of insertion, | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
301 insertion may or may not relocate the marker, depending on the marker's |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
302 insertion type (@pxref{Marker Insertion Types}). Certain special |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
303 functions such as @code{insert-before-markers} relocate all such markers |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
304 to point after the inserted text, regardless of the markers' insertion |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
305 type. |
| 6558 | 306 |
| 307 Insertion functions signal an error if the current buffer is | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
308 read-only or if they insert within read-only text. |
| 6558 | 309 |
| 12098 | 310 These functions copy text characters from strings and buffers along |
| 311 with their properties. The inserted characters have exactly the same | |
| 312 properties as the characters they were copied from. By contrast, | |
| 313 characters specified as separate arguments, not part of a string or | |
| 314 buffer, inherit their text properties from the neighboring text. | |
| 315 | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
316 The insertion functions convert text from unibyte to multibyte in |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
317 order to insert in a multibyte buffer, and vice versa---if the text |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
318 comes from a string or from a buffer. However, they do not convert |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
319 unibyte character codes 128 through 255 to multibyte characters, not |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
320 even if the current buffer is a multibyte buffer. @xref{Converting |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
321 Representations}. |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
322 |
| 6558 | 323 @defun insert &rest args |
| 324 This function inserts the strings and/or characters @var{args} into the | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
325 current buffer, at point, moving point forward. In other words, it |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
326 inserts the text before point. An error is signaled unless all |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
327 @var{args} are either strings or characters. The value is @code{nil}. |
| 6558 | 328 @end defun |
| 329 | |
| 330 @defun insert-before-markers &rest args | |
| 331 This function inserts the strings and/or characters @var{args} into the | |
| 332 current buffer, at point, moving point forward. An error is signaled | |
| 333 unless all @var{args} are either strings or characters. The value is | |
| 334 @code{nil}. | |
| 335 | |
| 336 This function is unlike the other insertion functions in that it | |
| 337 relocates markers initially pointing at the insertion point, to point | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
338 after the inserted text. If an overlay begins the insertion point, the |
|
16934
853f638bbc81
Document how insert-before-markers affects overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16736
diff
changeset
|
339 inserted text falls outside the overlay; if a nonempty overlay ends at |
|
853f638bbc81
Document how insert-before-markers affects overlays.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16736
diff
changeset
|
340 the insertion point, the inserted text falls inside that overlay. |
| 6558 | 341 @end defun |
| 342 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
343 @defun insert-char character &optional count inherit |
| 6558 | 344 This function inserts @var{count} instances of @var{character} into the |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
345 current buffer before point. The argument @var{count} should be a |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
346 number (@code{nil} means 1), and @var{character} must be a character. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
347 The value is @code{nil}. |
| 8644 | 348 |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
349 This function does not convert unibyte character codes 128 through 255 |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
350 to multibyte characters, not even if the current buffer is a multibyte |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
351 buffer. @xref{Converting Representations}. |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
352 |
| 8644 | 353 If @var{inherit} is non-@code{nil}, then the inserted characters inherit |
| 354 sticky text properties from the two characters before and after the | |
| 355 insertion point. @xref{Sticky Properties}. | |
| 6558 | 356 @end defun |
| 357 | |
| 358 @defun insert-buffer-substring from-buffer-or-name &optional start end | |
| 359 This function inserts a portion of buffer @var{from-buffer-or-name} | |
| 360 (which must already exist) into the current buffer before point. The | |
| 361 text inserted is the region from @var{start} and @var{end}. (These | |
| 362 arguments default to the beginning and end of the accessible portion of | |
| 363 that buffer.) This function returns @code{nil}. | |
| 364 | |
| 365 In this example, the form is executed with buffer @samp{bar} as the | |
| 366 current buffer. We assume that buffer @samp{bar} is initially empty. | |
| 367 | |
| 368 @example | |
| 369 @group | |
| 370 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 371 We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all | |
| 372 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 373 @end group | |
| 374 | |
| 375 @group | |
| 376 (insert-buffer-substring "foo" 1 20) | |
| 377 @result{} nil | |
| 378 | |
| 379 ---------- Buffer: bar ---------- | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
380 We hold these truth@point{} |
| 6558 | 381 ---------- Buffer: bar ---------- |
| 382 @end group | |
| 383 @end example | |
| 384 @end defun | |
| 385 | |
| 386 @xref{Sticky Properties}, for other insertion functions that inherit | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
387 text properties from the nearby text in addition to inserting it. |
| 8644 | 388 Whitespace inserted by indentation functions also inherits text |
| 389 properties. | |
| 6558 | 390 |
| 391 @node Commands for Insertion | |
| 392 @section User-Level Insertion Commands | |
| 393 | |
| 394 This section describes higher-level commands for inserting text, | |
| 395 commands intended primarily for the user but useful also in Lisp | |
| 396 programs. | |
| 397 | |
| 398 @deffn Command insert-buffer from-buffer-or-name | |
| 399 This command inserts the entire contents of @var{from-buffer-or-name} | |
| 400 (which must exist) into the current buffer after point. It leaves | |
| 401 the mark after the inserted text. The value is @code{nil}. | |
| 402 @end deffn | |
| 403 | |
| 404 @deffn Command self-insert-command count | |
| 405 @cindex character insertion | |
| 406 @cindex self-insertion | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
407 This command inserts the last character typed; it does so @var{count} |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
408 times, before point, and returns @code{nil}. Most printing characters |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
409 are bound to this command. In routine use, @code{self-insert-command} |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
410 is the most frequently called function in Emacs, but programs rarely use |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
411 it except to install it on a keymap. |
| 6558 | 412 |
| 413 In an interactive call, @var{count} is the numeric prefix argument. | |
| 414 | |
| 12067 | 415 This command calls @code{auto-fill-function} whenever that is |
| 28843 | 416 non-@code{nil} and the character inserted is in the table |
| 417 @code{auto-fill-chars} (@pxref{Auto Filling}). | |
| 6558 | 418 |
| 419 @c Cross refs reworded to prevent overfull hbox. --rjc 15mar92 | |
| 12067 | 420 This command performs abbrev expansion if Abbrev mode is enabled and |
| 6558 | 421 the inserted character does not have word-constituent |
| 422 syntax. (@xref{Abbrevs}, and @ref{Syntax Class Table}.) | |
| 423 | |
| 12067 | 424 This is also responsible for calling @code{blink-paren-function} when |
| 425 the inserted character has close parenthesis syntax (@pxref{Blinking}). | |
| 25875 | 426 |
| 427 Do not try substituting your own definition of | |
| 428 @code{self-insert-command} for the standard one. The editor command | |
| 429 loop handles this function specially. | |
| 6558 | 430 @end deffn |
| 431 | |
| 432 @deffn Command newline &optional number-of-newlines | |
| 433 This command inserts newlines into the current buffer before point. | |
| 434 If @var{number-of-newlines} is supplied, that many newline characters | |
| 435 are inserted. | |
| 436 | |
| 437 @cindex newline and Auto Fill mode | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
438 This function calls @code{auto-fill-function} if the current column |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
439 number is greater than the value of @code{fill-column} and |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
440 @var{number-of-newlines} is @code{nil}. Typically what |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
441 @code{auto-fill-function} does is insert a newline; thus, the overall |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
442 result in this case is to insert two newlines at different places: one |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
443 at point, and another earlier in the line. @code{newline} does not |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
444 auto-fill if @var{number-of-newlines} is non-@code{nil}. |
| 6558 | 445 |
| 12098 | 446 This command indents to the left margin if that is not zero. |
| 447 @xref{Margins}. | |
| 448 | |
| 6558 | 449 The value returned is @code{nil}. In an interactive call, @var{count} |
| 450 is the numeric prefix argument. | |
| 451 @end deffn | |
| 452 | |
| 453 @deffn Command split-line | |
| 454 This command splits the current line, moving the portion of the line | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
455 after point down vertically so that it is on the next line directly |
| 6558 | 456 below where it was before. Whitespace is inserted as needed at the |
| 457 beginning of the lower line, using the @code{indent-to} function. | |
| 458 @code{split-line} returns the position of point. | |
| 459 | |
| 460 Programs hardly ever use this function. | |
| 461 @end deffn | |
| 462 | |
| 463 @defvar overwrite-mode | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
464 This variable controls whether overwrite mode is in effect. The value |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
465 should be @code{overwrite-mode-textual}, @code{overwrite-mode-binary}, |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
466 or @code{nil}. @code{overwrite-mode-textual} specifies textual |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
467 overwrite mode (treats newlines and tabs specially), and |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
468 @code{overwrite-mode-binary} specifies binary overwrite mode (treats |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
469 newlines and tabs like any other characters). |
| 6558 | 470 @end defvar |
| 471 | |
| 472 @node Deletion | |
| 12098 | 473 @section Deleting Text |
| 6558 | 474 |
| 475 @cindex deletion vs killing | |
| 476 Deletion means removing part of the text in a buffer, without saving | |
| 477 it in the kill ring (@pxref{The Kill Ring}). Deleted text can't be | |
| 478 yanked, but can be reinserted using the undo mechanism (@pxref{Undo}). | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
479 Some deletion functions do save text in the kill ring in some special |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
480 cases. |
| 6558 | 481 |
| 482 All of the deletion functions operate on the current buffer, and all | |
| 483 return a value of @code{nil}. | |
| 484 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
485 @deffn Command erase-buffer |
| 6558 | 486 This function deletes the entire text of the current buffer, leaving it |
| 487 empty. If the buffer is read-only, it signals a @code{buffer-read-only} | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
488 error; if some of the text in it is read-only, it signals a |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
489 @code{text-read-only} error. Otherwise, it deletes the text without |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
490 asking for any confirmation. It returns @code{nil}. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
491 |
| 6558 | 492 Normally, deleting a large amount of text from a buffer inhibits further |
| 493 auto-saving of that buffer ``because it has shrunk''. However, | |
| 494 @code{erase-buffer} does not do this, the idea being that the future | |
| 495 text is not really related to the former text, and its size should not | |
| 496 be compared with that of the former text. | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
497 @end deffn |
| 6558 | 498 |
| 499 @deffn Command delete-region start end | |
|
27654
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
500 This command deletes the text between positions @var{start} and |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
501 @var{end} in the current buffer, and returns @code{nil}. If point was |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
502 inside the deleted region, its value afterward is @var{start}. |
|
12775
a8cd9be43025
Explain how delete-region alters point.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12282
diff
changeset
|
503 Otherwise, point relocates with the surrounding text, as markers do. |
| 6558 | 504 @end deffn |
| 505 | |
|
27654
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
506 @defun delete-and-extract-region start end |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
507 @tindex delete-and-extract-region |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
508 This function deletes the text between positions @var{start} and |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
509 @var{end} in the current buffer, and returns a string containing the |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
510 text just deleted. |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
511 |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
512 If point was inside the deleted region, its value afterward is |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
513 @var{start}. Otherwise, point relocates with the surrounding text, as |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
514 markers do. |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
515 @end defun |
|
cabb1b4c4424
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27374
diff
changeset
|
516 |
| 6558 | 517 @deffn Command delete-char count &optional killp |
| 518 This command deletes @var{count} characters directly after point, or | |
| 519 before point if @var{count} is negative. If @var{killp} is | |
| 520 non-@code{nil}, then it saves the deleted characters in the kill ring. | |
| 521 | |
| 522 In an interactive call, @var{count} is the numeric prefix argument, and | |
| 523 @var{killp} is the unprocessed prefix argument. Therefore, if a prefix | |
| 524 argument is supplied, the text is saved in the kill ring. If no prefix | |
| 525 argument is supplied, then one character is deleted, but not saved in | |
| 526 the kill ring. | |
| 527 | |
| 528 The value returned is always @code{nil}. | |
| 529 @end deffn | |
| 530 | |
| 531 @deffn Command delete-backward-char count &optional killp | |
| 532 @cindex delete previous char | |
| 533 This command deletes @var{count} characters directly before point, or | |
| 534 after point if @var{count} is negative. If @var{killp} is | |
| 535 non-@code{nil}, then it saves the deleted characters in the kill ring. | |
| 536 | |
| 537 In an interactive call, @var{count} is the numeric prefix argument, and | |
| 538 @var{killp} is the unprocessed prefix argument. Therefore, if a prefix | |
| 539 argument is supplied, the text is saved in the kill ring. If no prefix | |
| 540 argument is supplied, then one character is deleted, but not saved in | |
| 541 the kill ring. | |
| 542 | |
| 543 The value returned is always @code{nil}. | |
| 544 @end deffn | |
| 545 | |
| 546 @deffn Command backward-delete-char-untabify count &optional killp | |
| 547 @cindex tab deletion | |
| 548 This command deletes @var{count} characters backward, changing tabs | |
| 549 into spaces. When the next character to be deleted is a tab, it is | |
| 550 first replaced with the proper number of spaces to preserve alignment | |
| 551 and then one of those spaces is deleted instead of the tab. If | |
| 552 @var{killp} is non-@code{nil}, then the command saves the deleted | |
| 553 characters in the kill ring. | |
| 554 | |
| 555 Conversion of tabs to spaces happens only if @var{count} is positive. | |
| 556 If it is negative, exactly @minus{}@var{count} characters after point | |
| 557 are deleted. | |
| 558 | |
| 559 In an interactive call, @var{count} is the numeric prefix argument, and | |
| 560 @var{killp} is the unprocessed prefix argument. Therefore, if a prefix | |
| 561 argument is supplied, the text is saved in the kill ring. If no prefix | |
| 562 argument is supplied, then one character is deleted, but not saved in | |
| 563 the kill ring. | |
| 564 | |
| 565 The value returned is always @code{nil}. | |
| 566 @end deffn | |
| 567 | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
568 @defopt backward-delete-char-untabify-method |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
569 This option specifies how @code{backward-delete-char-untabify} should |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
570 deal with whitespace. Possible values include @code{untabify}, the |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
571 default, meaning convert a tab to many spaces and delete one; |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
572 @code{hungry}, meaning delete all the whitespace characters before point |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
573 with one command, and @code{nil}, meaning do nothing special for |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
574 whitespace characters. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
575 @end defopt |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
576 |
| 6558 | 577 @node User-Level Deletion |
| 578 @section User-Level Deletion Commands | |
| 579 | |
| 580 This section describes higher-level commands for deleting text, | |
| 581 commands intended primarily for the user but useful also in Lisp | |
| 582 programs. | |
| 583 | |
| 584 @deffn Command delete-horizontal-space | |
| 585 @cindex deleting whitespace | |
| 586 This function deletes all spaces and tabs around point. It returns | |
| 587 @code{nil}. | |
| 588 | |
| 589 In the following examples, we call @code{delete-horizontal-space} four | |
| 590 times, once on each line, with point between the second and third | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
591 characters on the line each time. |
| 6558 | 592 |
| 593 @example | |
| 594 @group | |
| 595 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 596 I @point{}thought | |
| 597 I @point{} thought | |
| 598 We@point{} thought | |
| 599 Yo@point{}u thought | |
| 600 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 601 @end group | |
| 602 | |
| 603 @group | |
| 604 (delete-horizontal-space) ; @r{Four times.} | |
| 605 @result{} nil | |
| 606 | |
| 607 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 608 Ithought | |
| 609 Ithought | |
| 610 Wethought | |
| 611 You thought | |
| 612 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 613 @end group | |
| 614 @end example | |
| 615 @end deffn | |
| 616 | |
| 617 @deffn Command delete-indentation &optional join-following-p | |
| 618 This function joins the line point is on to the previous line, deleting | |
| 619 any whitespace at the join and in some cases replacing it with one | |
| 620 space. If @var{join-following-p} is non-@code{nil}, | |
| 621 @code{delete-indentation} joins this line to the following line | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
622 instead. The function returns @code{nil}. |
| 6558 | 623 |
| 624 If there is a fill prefix, and the second of the lines being joined | |
| 625 starts with the prefix, then @code{delete-indentation} deletes the | |
| 12098 | 626 fill prefix before joining the lines. @xref{Margins}. |
| 6558 | 627 |
| 628 In the example below, point is located on the line starting | |
| 629 @samp{events}, and it makes no difference if there are trailing spaces | |
| 630 in the preceding line. | |
| 631 | |
| 632 @smallexample | |
|
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
633 @group |
| 6558 | 634 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- |
| 635 When in the course of human | |
| 636 @point{} events, it becomes necessary | |
| 637 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
|
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
638 @end group |
| 6558 | 639 |
| 640 (delete-indentation) | |
| 641 @result{} nil | |
| 642 | |
|
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
643 @group |
| 6558 | 644 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- |
| 645 When in the course of human@point{} events, it becomes necessary | |
| 646 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
|
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
647 @end group |
| 6558 | 648 @end smallexample |
| 649 | |
| 650 After the lines are joined, the function @code{fixup-whitespace} is | |
| 651 responsible for deciding whether to leave a space at the junction. | |
| 652 @end deffn | |
| 653 | |
| 654 @defun fixup-whitespace | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
655 This function replaces all the whitespace surrounding point with either |
| 6558 | 656 one space or no space, according to the context. It returns @code{nil}. |
| 657 | |
| 658 At the beginning or end of a line, the appropriate amount of space is | |
| 659 none. Before a character with close parenthesis syntax, or after a | |
| 660 character with open parenthesis or expression-prefix syntax, no space is | |
| 661 also appropriate. Otherwise, one space is appropriate. @xref{Syntax | |
| 662 Class Table}. | |
| 663 | |
| 664 In the example below, @code{fixup-whitespace} is called the first time | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
665 with point before the word @samp{spaces} in the first line. For the |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
666 second invocation, point is directly after the @samp{(}. |
| 6558 | 667 |
| 668 @smallexample | |
| 669 @group | |
| 670 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 671 This has too many @point{}spaces | |
| 672 This has too many spaces at the start of (@point{} this list) | |
| 673 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 674 @end group | |
| 675 | |
| 676 @group | |
| 677 (fixup-whitespace) | |
| 678 @result{} nil | |
| 679 (fixup-whitespace) | |
| 680 @result{} nil | |
| 681 @end group | |
| 682 | |
| 683 @group | |
| 684 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 685 This has too many spaces | |
| 686 This has too many spaces at the start of (this list) | |
| 687 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 688 @end group | |
| 689 @end smallexample | |
| 690 @end defun | |
| 691 | |
| 692 @deffn Command just-one-space | |
| 693 @comment !!SourceFile simple.el | |
| 694 This command replaces any spaces and tabs around point with a single | |
| 695 space. It returns @code{nil}. | |
| 696 @end deffn | |
| 697 | |
| 698 @deffn Command delete-blank-lines | |
| 699 This function deletes blank lines surrounding point. If point is on a | |
| 700 blank line with one or more blank lines before or after it, then all but | |
| 701 one of them are deleted. If point is on an isolated blank line, then it | |
| 702 is deleted. If point is on a nonblank line, the command deletes all | |
| 703 blank lines following it. | |
| 704 | |
| 705 A blank line is defined as a line containing only tabs and spaces. | |
| 706 | |
| 707 @code{delete-blank-lines} returns @code{nil}. | |
| 708 @end deffn | |
| 709 | |
| 710 @node The Kill Ring | |
| 711 @section The Kill Ring | |
| 712 @cindex kill ring | |
| 713 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
714 @dfn{Kill functions} delete text like the deletion functions, but save |
| 6558 | 715 it so that the user can reinsert it by @dfn{yanking}. Most of these |
| 716 functions have @samp{kill-} in their name. By contrast, the functions | |
| 717 whose names start with @samp{delete-} normally do not save text for | |
| 718 yanking (though they can still be undone); these are ``deletion'' | |
| 719 functions. | |
| 720 | |
| 721 Most of the kill commands are primarily for interactive use, and are | |
| 722 not described here. What we do describe are the functions provided for | |
| 723 use in writing such commands. You can use these functions to write | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
724 commands for killing text. When you need to delete text for internal |
| 6558 | 725 purposes within a Lisp function, you should normally use deletion |
| 726 functions, so as not to disturb the kill ring contents. | |
| 727 @xref{Deletion}. | |
| 728 | |
| 729 Killed text is saved for later yanking in the @dfn{kill ring}. This | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
730 is a list that holds a number of recent kills, not just the last text |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
731 kill. We call this a ``ring'' because yanking treats it as having |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
732 elements in a cyclic order. The list is kept in the variable |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
733 @code{kill-ring}, and can be operated on with the usual functions for |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
734 lists; there are also specialized functions, described in this section, |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
735 that treat it as a ring. |
| 6558 | 736 |
| 737 Some people think this use of the word ``kill'' is unfortunate, since | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
738 it refers to operations that specifically @emph{do not} destroy the |
| 6558 | 739 entities ``killed''. This is in sharp contrast to ordinary life, in |
| 740 which death is permanent and ``killed'' entities do not come back to | |
| 741 life. Therefore, other metaphors have been proposed. For example, the | |
| 742 term ``cut ring'' makes sense to people who, in pre-computer days, used | |
| 743 scissors and paste to cut up and rearrange manuscripts. However, it | |
| 744 would be difficult to change the terminology now. | |
| 745 | |
| 746 @menu | |
| 747 * Kill Ring Concepts:: What text looks like in the kill ring. | |
| 748 * Kill Functions:: Functions that kill text. | |
| 749 * Yank Commands:: Commands that access the kill ring. | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
750 * Low-Level Kill Ring:: Functions and variables for kill ring access. |
| 6558 | 751 * Internals of Kill Ring:: Variables that hold kill-ring data. |
| 752 @end menu | |
| 753 | |
| 754 @node Kill Ring Concepts | |
| 755 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 756 @subsection Kill Ring Concepts | |
| 757 | |
| 758 The kill ring records killed text as strings in a list, most recent | |
| 759 first. A short kill ring, for example, might look like this: | |
| 760 | |
| 761 @example | |
| 762 ("some text" "a different piece of text" "even older text") | |
| 763 @end example | |
| 764 | |
| 765 @noindent | |
| 766 When the list reaches @code{kill-ring-max} entries in length, adding a | |
| 767 new entry automatically deletes the last entry. | |
| 768 | |
| 769 When kill commands are interwoven with other commands, each kill | |
| 770 command makes a new entry in the kill ring. Multiple kill commands in | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
771 succession build up a single kill-ring entry, which would be yanked as a |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
772 unit; the second and subsequent consecutive kill commands add text to |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
773 the entry made by the first one. |
| 6558 | 774 |
| 775 For yanking, one entry in the kill ring is designated the ``front'' of | |
| 776 the ring. Some yank commands ``rotate'' the ring by designating a | |
| 777 different element as the ``front.'' But this virtual rotation doesn't | |
| 778 change the list itself---the most recent entry always comes first in the | |
| 779 list. | |
| 780 | |
| 781 @node Kill Functions | |
| 782 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 783 @subsection Functions for Killing | |
| 784 | |
| 785 @code{kill-region} is the usual subroutine for killing text. Any | |
| 786 command that calls this function is a ``kill command'' (and should | |
| 787 probably have @samp{kill} in its name). @code{kill-region} puts the | |
| 788 newly killed text in a new element at the beginning of the kill ring or | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
789 adds it to the most recent element. It determines automatically (using |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
790 @code{last-command}) whether the previous command was a kill command, |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
791 and if so appends the killed text to the most recent entry. |
| 6558 | 792 |
| 793 @deffn Command kill-region start end | |
| 794 This function kills the text in the region defined by @var{start} and | |
| 12098 | 795 @var{end}. The text is deleted but saved in the kill ring, along with |
| 796 its text properties. The value is always @code{nil}. | |
| 6558 | 797 |
| 798 In an interactive call, @var{start} and @var{end} are point and | |
| 799 the mark. | |
| 800 | |
| 801 @c Emacs 19 feature | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
802 If the buffer or text is read-only, @code{kill-region} modifies the kill |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
803 ring just the same, then signals an error without modifying the buffer. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
804 This is convenient because it lets the user use a series of kill |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
805 commands to copy text from a read-only buffer into the kill ring. |
| 6558 | 806 @end deffn |
| 807 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
808 @defopt kill-read-only-ok |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
809 If this option is non-@code{nil}, @code{kill-region} does not signal an |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
810 error if the buffer or text is read-only. Instead, it simply returns, |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
811 updating the kill ring but not changing the buffer. |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
812 @end defopt |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
813 |
| 6558 | 814 @deffn Command copy-region-as-kill start end |
| 815 This command saves the region defined by @var{start} and @var{end} on | |
| 12098 | 816 the kill ring (including text properties), but does not delete the text |
| 817 from the buffer. It returns @code{nil}. It also indicates the extent | |
| 818 of the text copied by moving the cursor momentarily, or by displaying a | |
| 819 message in the echo area. | |
| 6558 | 820 |
| 12067 | 821 The command does not set @code{this-command} to @code{kill-region}, so a |
| 822 subsequent kill command does not append to the same kill ring entry. | |
| 823 | |
| 6558 | 824 Don't call @code{copy-region-as-kill} in Lisp programs unless you aim to |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
825 support Emacs 18. For newer Emacs versions, it is better to use |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
826 @code{kill-new} or @code{kill-append} instead. @xref{Low-Level Kill |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
827 Ring}. |
| 6558 | 828 @end deffn |
| 829 | |
| 830 @node Yank Commands | |
| 831 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 832 @subsection Functions for Yanking | |
| 833 | |
| 834 @dfn{Yanking} means reinserting an entry of previously killed text | |
| 12098 | 835 from the kill ring. The text properties are copied too. |
| 6558 | 836 |
| 837 @deffn Command yank &optional arg | |
| 838 @cindex inserting killed text | |
| 839 This command inserts before point the text in the first entry in the | |
| 840 kill ring. It positions the mark at the beginning of that text, and | |
| 841 point at the end. | |
| 842 | |
| 843 If @var{arg} is a list (which occurs interactively when the user | |
| 844 types @kbd{C-u} with no digits), then @code{yank} inserts the text as | |
| 845 described above, but puts point before the yanked text and puts the mark | |
| 846 after it. | |
| 847 | |
| 848 If @var{arg} is a number, then @code{yank} inserts the @var{arg}th most | |
| 849 recently killed text---the @var{arg}th element of the kill ring list. | |
| 850 | |
| 851 @code{yank} does not alter the contents of the kill ring or rotate it. | |
| 852 It returns @code{nil}. | |
| 853 @end deffn | |
| 854 | |
| 855 @deffn Command yank-pop arg | |
| 856 This command replaces the just-yanked entry from the kill ring with a | |
| 857 different entry from the kill ring. | |
| 858 | |
| 859 This is allowed only immediately after a @code{yank} or another | |
| 860 @code{yank-pop}. At such a time, the region contains text that was just | |
| 861 inserted by yanking. @code{yank-pop} deletes that text and inserts in | |
| 862 its place a different piece of killed text. It does not add the deleted | |
| 863 text to the kill ring, since it is already in the kill ring somewhere. | |
| 864 | |
| 865 If @var{arg} is @code{nil}, then the replacement text is the previous | |
| 866 element of the kill ring. If @var{arg} is numeric, the replacement is | |
| 867 the @var{arg}th previous kill. If @var{arg} is negative, a more recent | |
| 868 kill is the replacement. | |
| 869 | |
| 870 The sequence of kills in the kill ring wraps around, so that after the | |
| 871 oldest one comes the newest one, and before the newest one goes the | |
| 872 oldest. | |
| 873 | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
874 The return value is always @code{nil}. |
| 6558 | 875 @end deffn |
| 876 | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
877 @node Low-Level Kill Ring |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
878 @subsection Low-Level Kill Ring |
| 6558 | 879 |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
880 These functions and variables provide access to the kill ring at a |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
881 lower level, but still convenient for use in Lisp programs, because they |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
882 take care of interaction with window system selections |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
883 (@pxref{Window System Selections}). |
| 6558 | 884 |
| 885 @defun current-kill n &optional do-not-move | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
886 The function @code{current-kill} rotates the yanking pointer, which |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
887 designates the ``front'' of the kill ring, by @var{n} places (from newer |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
888 kills to older ones), and returns the text at that place in the ring. |
| 6558 | 889 |
| 890 If the optional second argument @var{do-not-move} is non-@code{nil}, | |
| 891 then @code{current-kill} doesn't alter the yanking pointer; it just | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
892 returns the @var{n}th kill, counting from the current yanking pointer. |
| 6558 | 893 |
| 894 If @var{n} is zero, indicating a request for the latest kill, | |
| 895 @code{current-kill} calls the value of | |
| 896 @code{interprogram-paste-function} (documented below) before consulting | |
| 897 the kill ring. | |
| 898 @end defun | |
| 899 | |
| 900 @defun kill-new string | |
| 901 This function puts the text @var{string} into the kill ring as a new | |
| 902 entry at the front of the ring. It discards the oldest entry if | |
| 903 appropriate. It also invokes the value of | |
| 904 @code{interprogram-cut-function} (see below). | |
| 905 @end defun | |
| 906 | |
| 907 @defun kill-append string before-p | |
| 908 This function appends the text @var{string} to the first entry in the | |
| 909 kill ring. Normally @var{string} goes at the end of the entry, but if | |
| 910 @var{before-p} is non-@code{nil}, it goes at the beginning. This | |
| 911 function also invokes the value of @code{interprogram-cut-function} (see | |
| 912 below). | |
| 913 @end defun | |
| 914 | |
| 915 @defvar interprogram-paste-function | |
| 916 This variable provides a way of transferring killed text from other | |
| 917 programs, when you are using a window system. Its value should be | |
| 918 @code{nil} or a function of no arguments. | |
| 919 | |
| 920 If the value is a function, @code{current-kill} calls it to get the | |
| 921 ``most recent kill''. If the function returns a non-@code{nil} value, | |
| 922 then that value is used as the ``most recent kill''. If it returns | |
| 923 @code{nil}, then the first element of @code{kill-ring} is used. | |
| 924 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
925 The normal use of this hook is to get the window system's primary |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
926 selection as the most recent kill, even if the selection belongs to |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
927 another application. @xref{Window System Selections}. |
| 6558 | 928 @end defvar |
| 929 | |
| 930 @defvar interprogram-cut-function | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
931 This variable provides a way of communicating killed text to other |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
932 programs, when you are using a window system. Its value should be |
| 6558 | 933 @code{nil} or a function of one argument. |
| 934 | |
| 935 If the value is a function, @code{kill-new} and @code{kill-append} call | |
| 936 it with the new first element of the kill ring as an argument. | |
| 937 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
938 The normal use of this hook is to set the window system's primary |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
939 selection from the newly killed text. @xref{Window System Selections}. |
| 6558 | 940 @end defvar |
| 941 | |
| 942 @node Internals of Kill Ring | |
| 943 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 944 @subsection Internals of the Kill Ring | |
| 945 | |
| 946 The variable @code{kill-ring} holds the kill ring contents, in the | |
| 947 form of a list of strings. The most recent kill is always at the front | |
| 948 of the list. | |
| 949 | |
| 950 The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable points to a link in the | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
951 kill ring list, whose @sc{car} is the text to yank next. We say it |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
952 identifies the ``front'' of the ring. Moving |
| 6558 | 953 @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to a different link is called |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
954 @dfn{rotating the kill ring}. We call the kill ring a ``ring'' because |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
955 the functions that move the yank pointer wrap around from the end of the |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
956 list to the beginning, or vice-versa. Rotation of the kill ring is |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
957 virtual; it does not change the value of @code{kill-ring}. |
| 6558 | 958 |
| 959 Both @code{kill-ring} and @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} are Lisp | |
| 960 variables whose values are normally lists. The word ``pointer'' in the | |
| 961 name of the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} indicates that the variable's | |
| 962 purpose is to identify one element of the list for use by the next yank | |
| 963 command. | |
| 964 | |
| 965 The value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is always @code{eq} to one | |
| 966 of the links in the kill ring list. The element it identifies is the | |
| 967 @sc{car} of that link. Kill commands, which change the kill ring, also | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
968 set this variable to the value of @code{kill-ring}. The effect is to |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
969 rotate the ring so that the newly killed text is at the front. |
| 6558 | 970 |
| 971 Here is a diagram that shows the variable @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} | |
| 972 pointing to the second entry in the kill ring @code{("some text" "a | |
| 973 different piece of text" "yet older text")}. | |
| 974 | |
| 975 @example | |
| 976 @group | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
977 kill-ring ---- kill-ring-yank-pointer |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
978 | | |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
979 | v |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
980 | --- --- --- --- --- --- |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
981 --> | | |------> | | |--> | | |--> nil |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
982 --- --- --- --- --- --- |
| 6558 | 983 | | | |
| 984 | | | | |
| 985 | | -->"yet older text" | |
| 986 | | | |
| 987 | --> "a different piece of text" | |
| 988 | | |
| 989 --> "some text" | |
| 990 @end group | |
| 991 @end example | |
| 992 | |
| 993 @noindent | |
| 994 This state of affairs might occur after @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}) | |
| 995 immediately followed by @kbd{M-y} (@code{yank-pop}). | |
| 996 | |
| 997 @defvar kill-ring | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
998 This variable holds the list of killed text sequences, most recently |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
999 killed first. |
| 6558 | 1000 @end defvar |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 @defvar kill-ring-yank-pointer | |
| 1003 This variable's value indicates which element of the kill ring is at the | |
| 1004 ``front'' of the ring for yanking. More precisely, the value is a tail | |
| 1005 of the value of @code{kill-ring}, and its @sc{car} is the kill string | |
| 1006 that @kbd{C-y} should yank. | |
| 1007 @end defvar | |
| 1008 | |
| 1009 @defopt kill-ring-max | |
| 1010 The value of this variable is the maximum length to which the kill | |
| 1011 ring can grow, before elements are thrown away at the end. The default | |
| 1012 value for @code{kill-ring-max} is 30. | |
| 1013 @end defopt | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 @node Undo | |
| 1016 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 1017 @section Undo | |
| 1018 @cindex redo | |
| 1019 | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1020 Most buffers have an @dfn{undo list}, which records all changes made |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1021 to the buffer's text so that they can be undone. (The buffers that |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1022 don't have one are usually special-purpose buffers for which Emacs |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1023 assumes that undoing is not useful.) All the primitives that modify the |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1024 text in the buffer automatically add elements to the front of the undo |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1025 list, which is in the variable @code{buffer-undo-list}. |
| 6558 | 1026 |
| 1027 @defvar buffer-undo-list | |
| 1028 This variable's value is the undo list of the current buffer. | |
| 1029 A value of @code{t} disables the recording of undo information. | |
| 1030 @end defvar | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 Here are the kinds of elements an undo list can have: | |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 @table @code | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1035 @item @var{position} |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1036 This kind of element records a previous value of point; undoing this |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1037 element moves point to @var{position}. Ordinary cursor motion does not |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1038 make any sort of undo record, but deletion operations use these entries |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1039 to record where point was before the command. |
| 6558 | 1040 |
| 1041 @item (@var{beg} . @var{end}) | |
| 1042 This kind of element indicates how to delete text that was inserted. | |
| 1043 Upon insertion, the text occupied the range @var{beg}--@var{end} in the | |
| 1044 buffer. | |
| 1045 | |
| 10364 | 1046 @item (@var{text} . @var{position}) |
| 6558 | 1047 This kind of element indicates how to reinsert text that was deleted. |
| 10364 | 1048 The deleted text itself is the string @var{text}. The place to |
| 1049 reinsert it is @code{(abs @var{position})}. | |
| 6558 | 1050 |
| 1051 @item (t @var{high} . @var{low}) | |
| 1052 This kind of element indicates that an unmodified buffer became | |
| 1053 modified. The elements @var{high} and @var{low} are two integers, each | |
| 1054 recording 16 bits of the visited file's modification time as of when it | |
| 1055 was previously visited or saved. @code{primitive-undo} uses those | |
| 1056 values to determine whether to mark the buffer as unmodified once again; | |
| 1057 it does so only if the file's modification time matches those numbers. | |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 @item (nil @var{property} @var{value} @var{beg} . @var{end}) | |
| 1060 This kind of element records a change in a text property. | |
| 1061 Here's how you might undo the change: | |
| 1062 | |
| 1063 @example | |
| 1064 (put-text-property @var{beg} @var{end} @var{property} @var{value}) | |
| 1065 @end example | |
| 1066 | |
|
15760
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
1067 @item (@var{marker} . @var{adjustment}) |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
1068 This kind of element records the fact that the marker @var{marker} was |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
1069 relocated due to deletion of surrounding text, and that it moved |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
1070 @var{adjustment} character positions. Undoing this element moves |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
1071 @var{marker} @minus{} @var{adjustment} characters. |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
1072 |
| 6558 | 1073 @item nil |
| 1074 This element is a boundary. The elements between two boundaries are | |
| 1075 called a @dfn{change group}; normally, each change group corresponds to | |
| 1076 one keyboard command, and undo commands normally undo an entire group as | |
| 1077 a unit. | |
| 1078 @end table | |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 @defun undo-boundary | |
| 1081 This function places a boundary element in the undo list. The undo | |
| 1082 command stops at such a boundary, and successive undo commands undo | |
| 1083 to earlier and earlier boundaries. This function returns @code{nil}. | |
| 1084 | |
|
11555
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1085 The editor command loop automatically creates an undo boundary before |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1086 each key sequence is executed. Thus, each undo normally undoes the |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1087 effects of one command. Self-inserting input characters are an |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1088 exception. The command loop makes a boundary for the first such |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1089 character; the next 19 consecutive self-inserting input characters do |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1090 not make boundaries, and then the 20th does, and so on as long as |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1091 self-inserting characters continue. |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1092 |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1093 All buffer modifications add a boundary whenever the previous undoable |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1094 change was made in some other buffer. This is to ensure that |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1095 each command makes a boundary in each buffer where it makes changes. |
|
11555
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1097 Calling this function explicitly is useful for splitting the effects of |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1098 a command into more than one unit. For example, @code{query-replace} |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1099 calls @code{undo-boundary} after each replacement, so that the user can |
|
4cc0a5e1bdac
Explan when boundaries are made automatically.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10364
diff
changeset
|
1100 undo individual replacements one by one. |
| 6558 | 1101 @end defun |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 @defun primitive-undo count list | |
| 1104 This is the basic function for undoing elements of an undo list. | |
| 1105 It undoes the first @var{count} elements of @var{list}, returning | |
| 1106 the rest of @var{list}. You could write this function in Lisp, | |
| 1107 but it is convenient to have it in C. | |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 @code{primitive-undo} adds elements to the buffer's undo list when it | |
| 1110 changes the buffer. Undo commands avoid confusion by saving the undo | |
| 1111 list value at the beginning of a sequence of undo operations. Then the | |
| 1112 undo operations use and update the saved value. The new elements added | |
| 12098 | 1113 by undoing are not part of this saved value, so they don't interfere with |
| 6558 | 1114 continuing to undo. |
| 1115 @end defun | |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 @node Maintaining Undo | |
| 1118 @section Maintaining Undo Lists | |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 This section describes how to enable and disable undo information for | |
| 1121 a given buffer. It also explains how the undo list is truncated | |
| 1122 automatically so it doesn't get too big. | |
| 1123 | |
| 1124 Recording of undo information in a newly created buffer is normally | |
| 1125 enabled to start with; but if the buffer name starts with a space, the | |
| 1126 undo recording is initially disabled. You can explicitly enable or | |
| 1127 disable undo recording with the following two functions, or by setting | |
| 1128 @code{buffer-undo-list} yourself. | |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 @deffn Command buffer-enable-undo &optional buffer-or-name | |
| 1131 This command enables recording undo information for buffer | |
| 1132 @var{buffer-or-name}, so that subsequent changes can be undone. If no | |
| 1133 argument is supplied, then the current buffer is used. This function | |
| 1134 does nothing if undo recording is already enabled in the buffer. It | |
| 1135 returns @code{nil}. | |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 In an interactive call, @var{buffer-or-name} is the current buffer. | |
| 1138 You cannot specify any other buffer. | |
| 1139 @end deffn | |
| 1140 | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1141 @deffn Command buffer-disable-undo &optional buffer |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1142 @deffnx Command buffer-flush-undo &optional buffer |
| 6558 | 1143 @cindex disable undo |
| 1144 This function discards the undo list of @var{buffer}, and disables | |
| 1145 further recording of undo information. As a result, it is no longer | |
| 1146 possible to undo either previous changes or any subsequent changes. If | |
| 1147 the undo list of @var{buffer} is already disabled, this function | |
| 1148 has no effect. | |
| 1149 | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1150 This function returns @code{nil}. |
| 6558 | 1151 |
| 1152 The name @code{buffer-flush-undo} is not considered obsolete, but the | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1153 preferred name is @code{buffer-disable-undo}. |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1154 @end deffn |
| 6558 | 1155 |
| 1156 As editing continues, undo lists get longer and longer. To prevent | |
| 1157 them from using up all available memory space, garbage collection trims | |
| 1158 them back to size limits you can set. (For this purpose, the ``size'' | |
| 1159 of an undo list measures the cons cells that make up the list, plus the | |
| 1160 strings of deleted text.) Two variables control the range of acceptable | |
| 1161 sizes: @code{undo-limit} and @code{undo-strong-limit}. | |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 @defvar undo-limit | |
| 1164 This is the soft limit for the acceptable size of an undo list. The | |
| 1165 change group at which this size is exceeded is the last one kept. | |
| 1166 @end defvar | |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 @defvar undo-strong-limit | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1169 This is the upper limit for the acceptable size of an undo list. The |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1170 change group at which this size is exceeded is discarded itself (along |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1171 with all older change groups). There is one exception: the very latest |
|
12282
586e3ea81792
updates for version 19.29 made by melissa; also needed to check out files
Melissa Weisshaus <melissa@gnu.org>
parents:
12098
diff
changeset
|
1172 change group is never discarded no matter how big it is. |
| 6558 | 1173 @end defvar |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 @node Filling | |
| 1176 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 1177 @section Filling | |
| 1178 @cindex filling, explicit | |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 @dfn{Filling} means adjusting the lengths of lines (by moving the line | |
| 1181 breaks) so that they are nearly (but no greater than) a specified | |
| 1182 maximum width. Additionally, lines can be @dfn{justified}, which means | |
| 12098 | 1183 inserting spaces to make the left and/or right margins line up |
| 1184 precisely. The width is controlled by the variable @code{fill-column}. | |
| 1185 For ease of reading, lines should be no longer than 70 or so columns. | |
| 6558 | 1186 |
| 1187 You can use Auto Fill mode (@pxref{Auto Filling}) to fill text | |
| 1188 automatically as you insert it, but changes to existing text may leave | |
| 1189 it improperly filled. Then you must fill the text explicitly. | |
| 1190 | |
| 12067 | 1191 Most of the commands in this section return values that are not |
| 1192 meaningful. All the functions that do filling take note of the current | |
| 12098 | 1193 left margin, current right margin, and current justification style |
| 1194 (@pxref{Margins}). If the current justification style is | |
| 1195 @code{none}, the filling functions don't actually do anything. | |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 Several of the filling functions have an argument @var{justify}. | |
| 1198 If it is non-@code{nil}, that requests some kind of justification. It | |
| 1199 can be @code{left}, @code{right}, @code{full}, or @code{center}, to | |
| 1200 request a specific style of justification. If it is @code{t}, that | |
| 1201 means to use the current justification style for this part of the text | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1202 (see @code{current-justification}, below). Any other value is treated |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1203 as @code{full}. |
| 12098 | 1204 |
| 1205 When you call the filling functions interactively, using a prefix | |
| 1206 argument implies the value @code{full} for @var{justify}. | |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 @deffn Command fill-paragraph justify | |
| 6558 | 1209 @cindex filling a paragraph |
| 1210 This command fills the paragraph at or after point. If | |
| 12098 | 1211 @var{justify} is non-@code{nil}, each line is justified as well. |
| 6558 | 1212 It uses the ordinary paragraph motion commands to find paragraph |
| 38581 | 1213 boundaries. @xref{Paragraphs,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}. |
| 6558 | 1214 @end deffn |
| 1215 | |
| 25454 | 1216 @deffn Command fill-region start end &optional justify nosqueeze to-eop |
| 6558 | 1217 This command fills each of the paragraphs in the region from @var{start} |
| 12098 | 1218 to @var{end}. It justifies as well if @var{justify} is |
| 6558 | 1219 non-@code{nil}. |
| 1220 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1221 If @var{nosqueeze} is non-@code{nil}, that means to leave whitespace |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1222 other than line breaks untouched. If @var{to-eop} is non-@code{nil}, |
|
22267
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
1223 that means to keep filling to the end of the paragraph---or the next hard |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1224 newline, if @code{use-hard-newlines} is enabled (see below). |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1225 |
| 6558 | 1226 The variable @code{paragraph-separate} controls how to distinguish |
| 1227 paragraphs. @xref{Standard Regexps}. | |
| 1228 @end deffn | |
| 1229 | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1230 @deffn Command fill-individual-paragraphs start end &optional justify citation-regexp |
| 6558 | 1231 This command fills each paragraph in the region according to its |
| 1232 individual fill prefix. Thus, if the lines of a paragraph were indented | |
| 1233 with spaces, the filled paragraph will remain indented in the same | |
| 1234 fashion. | |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 The first two arguments, @var{start} and @var{end}, are the beginning | |
| 1237 and end of the region to be filled. The third and fourth arguments, | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1238 @var{justify} and @var{citation-regexp}, are optional. If |
| 12098 | 1239 @var{justify} is non-@code{nil}, the paragraphs are justified as |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1240 well as filled. If @var{citation-regexp} is non-@code{nil}, it means the |
| 6558 | 1241 function is operating on a mail message and therefore should not fill |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1242 the header lines. If @var{citation-regexp} is a string, it is used as |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1243 a regular expression; if it matches the beginning of a line, that line |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1244 is treated as a citation marker. |
| 6558 | 1245 |
| 1246 Ordinarily, @code{fill-individual-paragraphs} regards each change in | |
| 1247 indentation as starting a new paragraph. If | |
| 1248 @code{fill-individual-varying-indent} is non-@code{nil}, then only | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1249 separator lines separate paragraphs. That mode can handle indented |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1250 paragraphs with additional indentation on the first line. |
| 6558 | 1251 @end deffn |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 @defopt fill-individual-varying-indent | |
| 1254 This variable alters the action of @code{fill-individual-paragraphs} as | |
| 1255 described above. | |
| 1256 @end defopt | |
| 1257 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1258 @deffn Command fill-region-as-paragraph start end &optional justify nosqueeze squeeze-after |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1259 This command considers a region of text as a single paragraph and fills |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1260 it. If the region was made up of many paragraphs, the blank lines |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1261 between paragraphs are removed. This function justifies as well as |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1262 filling when @var{justify} is non-@code{nil}. |
| 12067 | 1263 |
| 1264 In an interactive call, any prefix argument requests justification. | |
| 6558 | 1265 |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1266 If @var{nosqueeze} is non-@code{nil}, that means to leave whitespace |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1267 other than line breaks untouched. If @var{squeeze-after} is |
|
22267
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
1268 non-@code{nil}, it specifies a position in the region, and means don't |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1269 canonicalize spaces before that position. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1270 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1271 In Adaptive Fill mode, this command calls @code{fill-context-prefix} to |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1272 choose a fill prefix by default. @xref{Adaptive Fill}. |
| 6558 | 1273 @end deffn |
| 1274 | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1275 @deffn Command justify-current-line &optional how eop nosqueeze |
| 6558 | 1276 This command inserts spaces between the words of the current line so |
| 1277 that the line ends exactly at @code{fill-column}. It returns | |
| 1278 @code{nil}. | |
| 12067 | 1279 |
| 1280 The argument @var{how}, if non-@code{nil} specifies explicitly the style | |
| 1281 of justification. It can be @code{left}, @code{right}, @code{full}, | |
| 1282 @code{center}, or @code{none}. If it is @code{t}, that means to do | |
| 1283 follow specified justification style (see @code{current-justification}, | |
| 1284 below). @code{nil} means to do full justification. | |
| 1285 | |
|
16736
981e116b4ac6
Minor cleanups for overfull hboxes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16702
diff
changeset
|
1286 If @var{eop} is non-@code{nil}, that means do left-justification if |
| 12067 | 1287 @code{current-justification} specifies full justification. This is used |
| 1288 for the last line of a paragraph; even if the paragraph as a whole is | |
| 1289 fully justified, the last line should not be. | |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 If @var{nosqueeze} is non-@code{nil}, that means do not change interior | |
| 1292 whitespace. | |
| 6558 | 1293 @end deffn |
| 1294 | |
| 12067 | 1295 @defopt default-justification |
| 1296 This variable's value specifies the style of justification to use for | |
| 1297 text that doesn't specify a style with a text property. The possible | |
| 1298 values are @code{left}, @code{right}, @code{full}, @code{center}, or | |
| 12098 | 1299 @code{none}. The default value is @code{left}. |
| 12067 | 1300 @end defopt |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 @defun current-justification | |
| 1303 This function returns the proper justification style to use for filling | |
| 1304 the text around point. | |
| 1305 @end defun | |
| 1306 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1307 @defopt sentence-end-double-space |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1308 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, a period followed by just one space |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1309 does not count as the end of a sentence, and the filling functions |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1310 avoid breaking the line at such a place. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1311 @end defopt |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1312 |
| 12098 | 1313 @defvar fill-paragraph-function |
| 1314 This variable provides a way for major modes to override the filling of | |
| 1315 paragraphs. If the value is non-@code{nil}, @code{fill-paragraph} calls | |
| 1316 this function to do the work. If the function returns a non-@code{nil} | |
| 1317 value, @code{fill-paragraph} assumes the job is done, and immediately | |
| 1318 returns that value. | |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 The usual use of this feature is to fill comments in programming | |
| 1321 language modes. If the function needs to fill a paragraph in the usual | |
| 1322 way, it can do so as follows: | |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 @example | |
| 1325 (let ((fill-paragraph-function nil)) | |
| 1326 (fill-paragraph arg)) | |
| 1327 @end example | |
| 1328 @end defvar | |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 @defvar use-hard-newlines | |
| 1331 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, the filling functions do not delete | |
| 1332 newlines that have the @code{hard} text property. These ``hard | |
| 1333 newlines'' act as paragraph separators. | |
| 1334 @end defvar | |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 @node Margins | |
| 1337 @section Margins for Filling | |
| 1338 | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1339 @defopt fill-prefix |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1340 This buffer-local variable specifies a string of text that appears at |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1341 the beginning |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1342 of normal text lines and should be disregarded when filling them. Any |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1343 line that fails to start with the fill prefix is considered the start of |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1344 a paragraph; so is any line that starts with the fill prefix followed by |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1345 additional whitespace. Lines that start with the fill prefix but no |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1346 additional whitespace are ordinary text lines that can be filled |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1347 together. The resulting filled lines also start with the fill prefix. |
| 12098 | 1348 |
| 1349 The fill prefix follows the left margin whitespace, if any. | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1350 @end defopt |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1351 |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1352 @defopt fill-column |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1353 This buffer-local variable specifies the maximum width of filled lines. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1354 Its value should be an integer, which is a number of columns. All the |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1355 filling, justification, and centering commands are affected by this |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1356 variable, including Auto Fill mode (@pxref{Auto Filling}). |
| 6558 | 1357 |
| 1358 As a practical matter, if you are writing text for other people to | |
| 1359 read, you should set @code{fill-column} to no more than 70. Otherwise | |
| 1360 the line will be too long for people to read comfortably, and this can | |
| 1361 make the text seem clumsy. | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1362 @end defopt |
| 6558 | 1363 |
| 1364 @defvar default-fill-column | |
| 1365 The value of this variable is the default value for @code{fill-column} in | |
| 1366 buffers that do not override it. This is the same as | |
| 1367 @code{(default-value 'fill-column)}. | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 The default value for @code{default-fill-column} is 70. | |
| 1370 @end defvar | |
| 1371 | |
| 12067 | 1372 @deffn Command set-left-margin from to margin |
| 1373 This sets the @code{left-margin} property on the text from @var{from} to | |
| 1374 @var{to} to the value @var{margin}. If Auto Fill mode is enabled, this | |
| 1375 command also refills the region to fit the new margin. | |
| 1376 @end deffn | |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 @deffn Command set-right-margin from to margin | |
| 12098 | 1379 This sets the @code{right-margin} property on the text from @var{from} |
| 1380 to @var{to} to the value @var{margin}. If Auto Fill mode is enabled, | |
| 1381 this command also refills the region to fit the new margin. | |
| 12067 | 1382 @end deffn |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 @defun current-left-margin | |
| 1385 This function returns the proper left margin value to use for filling | |
| 1386 the text around point. The value is the sum of the @code{left-margin} | |
| 1387 property of the character at the start of the current line (or zero if | |
| 12098 | 1388 none), and the value of the variable @code{left-margin}. |
| 12067 | 1389 @end defun |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 @defun current-fill-column | |
| 1392 This function returns the proper fill column value to use for filling | |
| 1393 the text around point. The value is the value of the @code{fill-column} | |
| 1394 variable, minus the value of the @code{right-margin} property of the | |
| 1395 character after point. | |
| 1396 @end defun | |
| 1397 | |
| 1398 @deffn Command move-to-left-margin &optional n force | |
| 1399 This function moves point to the left margin of the current line. The | |
| 1400 column moved to is determined by calling the function | |
| 12098 | 1401 @code{current-left-margin}. If the argument @var{n} is non-@code{nil}, |
| 12067 | 1402 @code{move-to-left-margin} moves forward @var{n}@minus{}1 lines first. |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 If @var{force} is non-@code{nil}, that says to fix the line's | |
| 1405 indentation if that doesn't match the left margin value. | |
| 1406 @end deffn | |
| 1407 | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1408 @defun delete-to-left-margin &optional from to |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1409 This function removes left margin indentation from the text between |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1410 @var{from} and @var{to}. The amount of indentation to delete is |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1411 determined by calling @code{current-left-margin}. In no case does this |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1412 function delete non-whitespace. If @var{from} and @var{to} are omitted, |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1413 they default to the whole buffer. |
| 12067 | 1414 @end defun |
| 1415 | |
| 12098 | 1416 @defun indent-to-left-margin |
| 1417 This is the default @code{indent-line-function}, used in Fundamental | |
| 1418 mode, Text mode, etc. Its effect is to adjust the indentation at the | |
| 1419 beginning of the current line to the value specified by the variable | |
| 1420 @code{left-margin}. This may involve either inserting or deleting | |
| 1421 whitespace. | |
| 1422 @end defun | |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 @defvar left-margin | |
| 1425 This variable specifies the base left margin column. In Fundamental | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1426 mode, @kbd{C-j} indents to this column. This variable automatically |
| 12098 | 1427 becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion. |
| 1428 @end defvar | |
| 1429 | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1430 @defvar fill-nobreak-predicate |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1431 This variable gives major modes a way to specify not to break a line at |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1432 certain places. Its value should be a function. This function is |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1433 called during filling, with no arguments and with point located at the |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1434 place where a break is being considered. If the function returns |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1435 non-@code{nil}, then the line won't be broken there. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1436 @end defvar |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1437 |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1438 @node Adaptive Fill |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1439 @section Adaptive Fill Mode |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1440 @cindex Adaptive Fill mode |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1441 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1442 Adaptive Fill mode chooses a fill prefix automatically from the text |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1443 in each paragraph being filled. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1444 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1445 @defopt adaptive-fill-mode |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1446 Adaptive Fill mode is enabled when this variable is non-@code{nil}. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1447 It is @code{t} by default. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1448 @end defopt |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1449 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1450 @defun fill-context-prefix from to |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1451 This function implements the heart of Adaptive Fill mode; it chooses a |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1452 fill prefix based on the text between @var{from} and @var{to}. It does |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1453 this by looking at the first two lines of the paragraph, based on the |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1454 variables described below. |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1455 @c The optional argument first-line-regexp is not documented |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1456 @c because it exists for internal purposes and might be eliminated |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
1457 @c in the future. |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1458 @end defun |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1459 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1460 @defopt adaptive-fill-regexp |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1461 This variable holds a regular expression to control Adaptive Fill mode. |
|
22267
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
1462 Adaptive Fill mode matches this regular expression against the text |
|
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
1463 starting after the left margin whitespace (if any) on a line; the |
|
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
1464 characters it matches are that line's candidate for the fill prefix. |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1465 @end defopt |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1466 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1467 @defopt adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp |
|
22267
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
1468 In a one-line paragraph, if the candidate fill prefix matches this |
|
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
1469 regular expression, or if it matches @code{comment-start-skip}, then it |
|
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
1470 is used---otherwise, spaces amounting to the same width are used |
|
dfac7398266b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22252
diff
changeset
|
1471 instead. |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1472 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1473 However, the fill prefix is never taken from a one-line paragraph |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1474 if it would act as a paragraph starter on subsequent lines. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1475 @end defopt |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1476 |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1477 @defopt adaptive-fill-function |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1478 You can specify more complex ways of choosing a fill prefix |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1479 automatically by setting this variable to a function. The function is |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1480 called when @code{adaptive-fill-regexp} does not match, with point after |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1481 the left margin of a line, and it should return the appropriate fill |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1482 prefix based on that line. If it returns @code{nil}, that means it sees |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1483 no fill prefix in that line. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1484 @end defopt |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1485 |
| 6558 | 1486 @node Auto Filling |
| 1487 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 1488 @section Auto Filling | |
| 1489 @cindex filling, automatic | |
| 1490 @cindex Auto Fill mode | |
| 1491 | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1492 Auto Fill mode is a minor mode that fills lines automatically as text |
|
12282
586e3ea81792
updates for version 19.29 made by melissa; also needed to check out files
Melissa Weisshaus <melissa@gnu.org>
parents:
12098
diff
changeset
|
1493 is inserted. This section describes the hook used by Auto Fill mode. |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1494 For a description of functions that you can call explicitly to fill and |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1495 justify existing text, see @ref{Filling}. |
| 6558 | 1496 |
| 12098 | 1497 Auto Fill mode also enables the functions that change the margins and |
| 1498 justification style to refill portions of the text. @xref{Margins}. | |
| 1499 | |
| 6558 | 1500 @defvar auto-fill-function |
| 12067 | 1501 The value of this variable should be a function (of no arguments) to be |
| 28843 | 1502 called after self-inserting a character from the table |
| 1503 @code{auto-fill-chars}. It may be @code{nil}, in which case nothing | |
| 1504 special is done in that case. | |
| 6558 | 1505 |
| 1506 The value of @code{auto-fill-function} is @code{do-auto-fill} when | |
| 1507 Auto-Fill mode is enabled. That is a function whose sole purpose is to | |
| 1508 implement the usual strategy for breaking a line. | |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 @quotation | |
| 1511 In older Emacs versions, this variable was named @code{auto-fill-hook}, | |
| 1512 but since it is not called with the standard convention for hooks, it | |
| 1513 was renamed to @code{auto-fill-function} in version 19. | |
| 1514 @end quotation | |
| 1515 @end defvar | |
| 1516 | |
|
16702
7704b62dafa8
Add normal-auto-fill-function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16398
diff
changeset
|
1517 @defvar normal-auto-fill-function |
|
7704b62dafa8
Add normal-auto-fill-function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16398
diff
changeset
|
1518 This variable specifies the function to use for |
|
7704b62dafa8
Add normal-auto-fill-function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16398
diff
changeset
|
1519 @code{auto-fill-function}, if and when Auto Fill is turned on. Major |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1520 modes can set buffer-local values for this variable to alter how Auto |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1521 Fill works. |
|
16702
7704b62dafa8
Add normal-auto-fill-function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16398
diff
changeset
|
1522 @end defvar |
|
7704b62dafa8
Add normal-auto-fill-function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16398
diff
changeset
|
1523 |
| 28843 | 1524 @defvar auto-fill-chars |
| 1525 A char table of characters which invoke @code{auto-fill-function} when | |
| 1526 self-inserted---space and newline in most language environments. They | |
| 1527 have an entry @code{t} in the table. | |
| 1528 @end defvar | |
| 1529 | |
| 6558 | 1530 @node Sorting |
| 1531 @section Sorting Text | |
| 1532 @cindex sorting text | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 The sorting functions described in this section all rearrange text in | |
| 1535 a buffer. This is in contrast to the function @code{sort}, which | |
| 1536 rearranges the order of the elements of a list (@pxref{Rearrangement}). | |
| 1537 The values returned by these functions are not meaningful. | |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 @defun sort-subr reverse nextrecfun endrecfun &optional startkeyfun endkeyfun | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1540 This function is the general text-sorting routine that subdivides a |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1541 buffer into records and then sorts them. Most of the commands in this |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1542 section use this function. |
| 6558 | 1543 |
| 1544 To understand how @code{sort-subr} works, consider the whole accessible | |
| 1545 portion of the buffer as being divided into disjoint pieces called | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1546 @dfn{sort records}. The records may or may not be contiguous, but they |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1547 must not overlap. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of it) is |
| 6558 | 1548 designated as the sort key. Sorting rearranges the records in order by |
| 1549 their sort keys. | |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 Usually, the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
| 1552 If the first argument to the @code{sort-subr} function, @var{reverse}, | |
| 1553 is non-@code{nil}, the sort records are rearranged in order of | |
| 1554 descending sort key. | |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 The next four arguments to @code{sort-subr} are functions that are | |
| 1557 called to move point across a sort record. They are called many times | |
| 1558 from within @code{sort-subr}. | |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 @enumerate | |
| 1561 @item | |
| 1562 @var{nextrecfun} is called with point at the end of a record. This | |
| 1563 function moves point to the start of the next record. The first record | |
| 1564 is assumed to start at the position of point when @code{sort-subr} is | |
| 1565 called. Therefore, you should usually move point to the beginning of | |
| 1566 the buffer before calling @code{sort-subr}. | |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 This function can indicate there are no more sort records by leaving | |
| 1569 point at the end of the buffer. | |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 @item | |
| 1572 @var{endrecfun} is called with point within a record. It moves point to | |
| 1573 the end of the record. | |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 @item | |
| 1576 @var{startkeyfun} is called to move point from the start of a record to | |
| 1577 the start of the sort key. This argument is optional; if it is omitted, | |
| 1578 the whole record is the sort key. If supplied, the function should | |
| 1579 either return a non-@code{nil} value to be used as the sort key, or | |
| 1580 return @code{nil} to indicate that the sort key is in the buffer | |
| 1581 starting at point. In the latter case, @var{endkeyfun} is called to | |
| 1582 find the end of the sort key. | |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 @item | |
| 1585 @var{endkeyfun} is called to move point from the start of the sort key | |
| 1586 to the end of the sort key. This argument is optional. If | |
| 1587 @var{startkeyfun} returns @code{nil} and this argument is omitted (or | |
| 1588 @code{nil}), then the sort key extends to the end of the record. There | |
| 1589 is no need for @var{endkeyfun} if @var{startkeyfun} returns a | |
| 1590 non-@code{nil} value. | |
| 1591 @end enumerate | |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 As an example of @code{sort-subr}, here is the complete function | |
| 1594 definition for @code{sort-lines}: | |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 @example | |
| 1597 @group | |
| 1598 ;; @r{Note that the first two lines of doc string} | |
| 1599 ;; @r{are effectively one line when viewed by a user.} | |
| 1600 (defun sort-lines (reverse beg end) | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1601 "Sort lines in region alphabetically;\ |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1602 argument means descending order. |
| 6558 | 1603 Called from a program, there are three arguments: |
| 1604 @end group | |
| 1605 @group | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1606 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order),\ |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1607 BEG and END (region to sort). |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1608 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines\ |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1609 whether alphabetic case affects |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1610 the sort order. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1611 @end group |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1612 @group |
| 6558 | 1613 (interactive "P\nr") |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1614 (save-excursion |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1615 (save-restriction |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1616 (narrow-to-region beg end) |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1617 (goto-char (point-min)) |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1618 (sort-subr reverse 'forward-line 'end-of-line)))) |
| 6558 | 1619 @end group |
| 1620 @end example | |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 Here @code{forward-line} moves point to the start of the next record, | |
| 1623 and @code{end-of-line} moves point to the end of record. We do not pass | |
| 1624 the arguments @var{startkeyfun} and @var{endkeyfun}, because the entire | |
| 1625 record is used as the sort key. | |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 The @code{sort-paragraphs} function is very much the same, except that | |
| 1628 its @code{sort-subr} call looks like this: | |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 @example | |
| 1631 @group | |
| 1632 (sort-subr reverse | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1633 (function |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1634 (lambda () |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1635 (while (and (not (eobp)) |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1636 (looking-at paragraph-separate)) |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1637 (forward-line 1)))) |
| 6558 | 1638 'forward-paragraph) |
| 1639 @end group | |
| 1640 @end example | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1641 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1642 Markers pointing into any sort records are left with no useful |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1643 position after @code{sort-subr} returns. |
| 6558 | 1644 @end defun |
| 1645 | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1646 @defopt sort-fold-case |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1647 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{sort-subr} and the other |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1648 buffer sorting functions ignore case when comparing strings. |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1649 @end defopt |
|
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1650 |
| 6558 | 1651 @deffn Command sort-regexp-fields reverse record-regexp key-regexp start end |
| 1652 This command sorts the region between @var{start} and @var{end} | |
| 1653 alphabetically as specified by @var{record-regexp} and @var{key-regexp}. | |
| 1654 If @var{reverse} is a negative integer, then sorting is in reverse | |
| 1655 order. | |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 Alphabetical sorting means that two sort keys are compared by | |
| 1658 comparing the first characters of each, the second characters of each, | |
| 1659 and so on. If a mismatch is found, it means that the sort keys are | |
| 1660 unequal; the sort key whose character is less at the point of first | |
| 1661 mismatch is the lesser sort key. The individual characters are compared | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1662 according to their numerical character codes in the Emacs character set. |
| 6558 | 1663 |
| 1664 The value of the @var{record-regexp} argument specifies how to divide | |
| 1665 the buffer into sort records. At the end of each record, a search is | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1666 done for this regular expression, and the text that matches it is taken |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1667 as the next record. For example, the regular expression @samp{^.+$}, |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1668 which matches lines with at least one character besides a newline, would |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1669 make each such line into a sort record. @xref{Regular Expressions}, for |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1670 a description of the syntax and meaning of regular expressions. |
| 6558 | 1671 |
| 1672 The value of the @var{key-regexp} argument specifies what part of each | |
| 1673 record is the sort key. The @var{key-regexp} could match the whole | |
| 1674 record, or only a part. In the latter case, the rest of the record has | |
| 1675 no effect on the sorted order of records, but it is carried along when | |
| 1676 the record moves to its new position. | |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 The @var{key-regexp} argument can refer to the text matched by a | |
| 1679 subexpression of @var{record-regexp}, or it can be a regular expression | |
| 1680 on its own. | |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 If @var{key-regexp} is: | |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 @table @asis | |
| 1685 @item @samp{\@var{digit}} | |
| 1686 then the text matched by the @var{digit}th @samp{\(...\)} parenthesis | |
| 1687 grouping in @var{record-regexp} is the sort key. | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 @item @samp{\&} | |
| 1690 then the whole record is the sort key. | |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 @item a regular expression | |
| 1693 then @code{sort-regexp-fields} searches for a match for the regular | |
| 1694 expression within the record. If such a match is found, it is the sort | |
| 1695 key. If there is no match for @var{key-regexp} within a record then | |
| 1696 that record is ignored, which means its position in the buffer is not | |
| 1697 changed. (The other records may move around it.) | |
| 1698 @end table | |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 For example, if you plan to sort all the lines in the region by the | |
| 1701 first word on each line starting with the letter @samp{f}, you should | |
| 1702 set @var{record-regexp} to @samp{^.*$} and set @var{key-regexp} to | |
| 1703 @samp{\<f\w*\>}. The resulting expression looks like this: | |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 @example | |
| 1706 @group | |
| 1707 (sort-regexp-fields nil "^.*$" "\\<f\\w*\\>" | |
| 1708 (region-beginning) | |
| 1709 (region-end)) | |
| 1710 @end group | |
| 1711 @end example | |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 If you call @code{sort-regexp-fields} interactively, it prompts for | |
| 1714 @var{record-regexp} and @var{key-regexp} in the minibuffer. | |
| 1715 @end deffn | |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 @deffn Command sort-lines reverse start end | |
| 1718 This command alphabetically sorts lines in the region between | |
| 1719 @var{start} and @var{end}. If @var{reverse} is non-@code{nil}, the sort | |
| 1720 is in reverse order. | |
| 1721 @end deffn | |
| 1722 | |
| 1723 @deffn Command sort-paragraphs reverse start end | |
| 1724 This command alphabetically sorts paragraphs in the region between | |
| 1725 @var{start} and @var{end}. If @var{reverse} is non-@code{nil}, the sort | |
| 1726 is in reverse order. | |
| 1727 @end deffn | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 @deffn Command sort-pages reverse start end | |
| 1730 This command alphabetically sorts pages in the region between | |
| 1731 @var{start} and @var{end}. If @var{reverse} is non-@code{nil}, the sort | |
| 1732 is in reverse order. | |
| 1733 @end deffn | |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 @deffn Command sort-fields field start end | |
| 1736 This command sorts lines in the region between @var{start} and | |
| 1737 @var{end}, comparing them alphabetically by the @var{field}th field | |
| 1738 of each line. Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered starting | |
| 1739 from 1. If @var{field} is negative, sorting is by the | |
| 1740 @w{@minus{}@var{field}th} field from the end of the line. This command | |
| 1741 is useful for sorting tables. | |
| 1742 @end deffn | |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 @deffn Command sort-numeric-fields field start end | |
| 1745 This command sorts lines in the region between @var{start} and | |
| 1746 @var{end}, comparing them numerically by the @var{field}th field of each | |
| 1747 line. The specified field must contain a number in each line of the | |
| 1748 region. Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered starting from | |
| 1749 1. If @var{field} is negative, sorting is by the | |
| 1750 @w{@minus{}@var{field}th} field from the end of the line. This command | |
| 1751 is useful for sorting tables. | |
| 1752 @end deffn | |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 @deffn Command sort-columns reverse &optional beg end | |
| 1755 This command sorts the lines in the region between @var{beg} and | |
| 1756 @var{end}, comparing them alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
| 1757 The column positions of @var{beg} and @var{end} bound the range of | |
| 1758 columns to sort on. | |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 If @var{reverse} is non-@code{nil}, the sort is in reverse order. | |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 One unusual thing about this command is that the entire line | |
| 1763 containing position @var{beg}, and the entire line containing position | |
| 1764 @var{end}, are included in the region sorted. | |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 Note that @code{sort-columns} uses the @code{sort} utility program, | |
| 1767 and so cannot work properly on text containing tab characters. Use | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1768 @kbd{M-x untabify} to convert tabs to spaces before sorting. |
| 6558 | 1769 @end deffn |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 @node Columns | |
| 1772 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 1773 @section Counting Columns | |
| 1774 @cindex columns | |
| 1775 @cindex counting columns | |
| 1776 @cindex horizontal position | |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 The column functions convert between a character position (counting | |
| 1779 characters from the beginning of the buffer) and a column position | |
| 1780 (counting screen characters from the beginning of a line). | |
| 1781 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1782 These functions count each character according to the number of |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1783 columns it occupies on the screen. This means control characters count |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1784 as occupying 2 or 4 columns, depending upon the value of |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1785 @code{ctl-arrow}, and tabs count as occupying a number of columns that |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1786 depends on the value of @code{tab-width} and on the column where the tab |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
1787 begins. @xref{Usual Display}. |
| 6558 | 1788 |
| 1789 Column number computations ignore the width of the window and the | |
| 1790 amount of horizontal scrolling. Consequently, a column value can be | |
| 1791 arbitrarily high. The first (or leftmost) column is numbered 0. | |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 @defun current-column | |
| 1794 This function returns the horizontal position of point, measured in | |
| 1795 columns, counting from 0 at the left margin. The column position is the | |
| 1796 sum of the widths of all the displayed representations of the characters | |
| 1797 between the start of the current line and point. | |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 For an example of using @code{current-column}, see the description of | |
| 1800 @code{count-lines} in @ref{Text Lines}. | |
| 1801 @end defun | |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 @defun move-to-column column &optional force | |
| 1804 This function moves point to @var{column} in the current line. The | |
| 1805 calculation of @var{column} takes into account the widths of the | |
| 1806 displayed representations of the characters between the start of the | |
| 1807 line and point. | |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 If column @var{column} is beyond the end of the line, point moves to the | |
| 1810 end of the line. If @var{column} is negative, point moves to the | |
| 1811 beginning of the line. | |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 If it is impossible to move to column @var{column} because that is in | |
| 1814 the middle of a multicolumn character such as a tab, point moves to the | |
| 1815 end of that character. However, if @var{force} is non-@code{nil}, and | |
| 1816 @var{column} is in the middle of a tab, then @code{move-to-column} | |
| 1817 converts the tab into spaces so that it can move precisely to column | |
| 1818 @var{column}. Other multicolumn characters can cause anomalies despite | |
| 1819 @var{force}, since there is no way to split them. | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 The argument @var{force} also has an effect if the line isn't long | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1822 enough to reach column @var{column}; if it is @code{t}, that means to |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
1823 add whitespace at the end of the line to reach that column. |
| 6558 | 1824 |
| 1825 If @var{column} is not an integer, an error is signaled. | |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 The return value is the column number actually moved to. | |
| 1828 @end defun | |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 @node Indentation | |
| 1831 @section Indentation | |
| 1832 @cindex indentation | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 The indentation functions are used to examine, move to, and change | |
| 1835 whitespace that is at the beginning of a line. Some of the functions | |
| 1836 can also change whitespace elsewhere on a line. Columns and indentation | |
| 1837 count from zero at the left margin. | |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 @menu | |
| 1840 * Primitive Indent:: Functions used to count and insert indentation. | |
| 1841 * Mode-Specific Indent:: Customize indentation for different modes. | |
| 1842 * Region Indent:: Indent all the lines in a region. | |
| 1843 * Relative Indent:: Indent the current line based on previous lines. | |
| 1844 * Indent Tabs:: Adjustable, typewriter-like tab stops. | |
| 1845 * Motion by Indent:: Move to first non-blank character. | |
| 1846 @end menu | |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 @node Primitive Indent | |
| 1849 @subsection Indentation Primitives | |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 This section describes the primitive functions used to count and | |
| 1852 insert indentation. The functions in the following sections use these | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1853 primitives. @xref{Width}, for related functions. |
| 6558 | 1854 |
| 1855 @defun current-indentation | |
| 1856 @comment !!Type Primitive Function | |
| 1857 @comment !!SourceFile indent.c | |
| 1858 This function returns the indentation of the current line, which is | |
| 1859 the horizontal position of the first nonblank character. If the | |
| 1860 contents are entirely blank, then this is the horizontal position of the | |
| 1861 end of the line. | |
| 1862 @end defun | |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 @deffn Command indent-to column &optional minimum | |
| 1865 @comment !!Type Primitive Function | |
| 1866 @comment !!SourceFile indent.c | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1867 This function indents from point with tabs and spaces until @var{column} |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1868 is reached. If @var{minimum} is specified and non-@code{nil}, then at |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1869 least that many spaces are inserted even if this requires going beyond |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1870 @var{column}. Otherwise the function does nothing if point is already |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1871 beyond @var{column}. The value is the column at which the inserted |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1872 indentation ends. |
| 8644 | 1873 |
| 1874 The inserted whitespace characters inherit text properties from the | |
| 1875 surrounding text (usually, from the preceding text only). @xref{Sticky | |
| 1876 Properties}. | |
| 6558 | 1877 @end deffn |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 @defopt indent-tabs-mode | |
| 1880 @comment !!SourceFile indent.c | |
| 1881 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, indentation functions can insert | |
| 1882 tabs as well as spaces. Otherwise, they insert only spaces. Setting | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
1883 this variable automatically makes it buffer-local in the current buffer. |
| 6558 | 1884 @end defopt |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 @node Mode-Specific Indent | |
| 1887 @subsection Indentation Controlled by Major Mode | |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 An important function of each major mode is to customize the @key{TAB} | |
| 1890 key to indent properly for the language being edited. This section | |
| 1891 describes the mechanism of the @key{TAB} key and how to control it. | |
| 1892 The functions in this section return unpredictable values. | |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 @defvar indent-line-function | |
| 1895 This variable's value is the function to be used by @key{TAB} (and | |
| 1896 various commands) to indent the current line. The command | |
| 1897 @code{indent-according-to-mode} does no more than call this function. | |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 In Lisp mode, the value is the symbol @code{lisp-indent-line}; in C | |
| 1900 mode, @code{c-indent-line}; in Fortran mode, @code{fortran-indent-line}. | |
| 1901 In Fundamental mode, Text mode, and many other modes with no standard | |
| 1902 for indentation, the value is @code{indent-to-left-margin} (which is the | |
| 1903 default value). | |
| 1904 @end defvar | |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 @deffn Command indent-according-to-mode | |
| 1907 This command calls the function in @code{indent-line-function} to | |
| 1908 indent the current line in a way appropriate for the current major mode. | |
| 1909 @end deffn | |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 @deffn Command indent-for-tab-command | |
| 1912 This command calls the function in @code{indent-line-function} to indent | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1913 the current line; however, if that function is |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1914 @code{indent-to-left-margin}, @code{insert-tab} is called instead. (That |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1915 is a trivial command that inserts a tab character.) |
| 6558 | 1916 @end deffn |
| 1917 | |
| 1918 @deffn Command newline-and-indent | |
| 1919 @comment !!SourceFile simple.el | |
| 1920 This function inserts a newline, then indents the new line (the one | |
| 1921 following the newline just inserted) according to the major mode. | |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 It does indentation by calling the current @code{indent-line-function}. | |
| 1924 In programming language modes, this is the same thing @key{TAB} does, | |
| 1925 but in some text modes, where @key{TAB} inserts a tab, | |
| 1926 @code{newline-and-indent} indents to the column specified by | |
| 1927 @code{left-margin}. | |
| 1928 @end deffn | |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 @deffn Command reindent-then-newline-and-indent | |
| 1931 @comment !!SourceFile simple.el | |
| 1932 This command reindents the current line, inserts a newline at point, | |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
1933 and then indents the new line (the one following the newline just |
| 6558 | 1934 inserted). |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 This command does indentation on both lines according to the current | |
| 1937 major mode, by calling the current value of @code{indent-line-function}. | |
| 1938 In programming language modes, this is the same thing @key{TAB} does, | |
| 1939 but in some text modes, where @key{TAB} inserts a tab, | |
| 1940 @code{reindent-then-newline-and-indent} indents to the column specified | |
| 1941 by @code{left-margin}. | |
| 1942 @end deffn | |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 @node Region Indent | |
| 1945 @subsection Indenting an Entire Region | |
| 1946 | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1947 This section describes commands that indent all the lines in the |
| 6558 | 1948 region. They return unpredictable values. |
| 1949 | |
| 1950 @deffn Command indent-region start end to-column | |
| 1951 This command indents each nonblank line starting between @var{start} | |
| 1952 (inclusive) and @var{end} (exclusive). If @var{to-column} is | |
| 1953 @code{nil}, @code{indent-region} indents each nonblank line by calling | |
| 1954 the current mode's indentation function, the value of | |
| 1955 @code{indent-line-function}. | |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 If @var{to-column} is non-@code{nil}, it should be an integer | |
| 1958 specifying the number of columns of indentation; then this function | |
| 1959 gives each line exactly that much indentation, by either adding or | |
| 1960 deleting whitespace. | |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 If there is a fill prefix, @code{indent-region} indents each line | |
| 1963 by making it start with the fill prefix. | |
| 1964 @end deffn | |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 @defvar indent-region-function | |
| 1967 The value of this variable is a function that can be used by | |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1968 @code{indent-region} as a short cut. It should take two arguments, the |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
1969 start and end of the region. You should design the function so |
| 6558 | 1970 that it will produce the same results as indenting the lines of the |
| 1971 region one by one, but presumably faster. | |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 If the value is @code{nil}, there is no short cut, and | |
| 1974 @code{indent-region} actually works line by line. | |
| 1975 | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1976 A short-cut function is useful in modes such as C mode and Lisp mode, |
| 6558 | 1977 where the @code{indent-line-function} must scan from the beginning of |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1978 the function definition: applying it to each line would be quadratic in |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1979 time. The short cut can update the scan information as it moves through |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1980 the lines indenting them; this takes linear time. In a mode where |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1981 indenting a line individually is fast, there is no need for a short cut. |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1982 |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1983 @code{indent-region} with a non-@code{nil} argument @var{to-column} has |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
1984 a different meaning and does not use this variable. |
| 6558 | 1985 @end defvar |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 @deffn Command indent-rigidly start end count | |
| 1988 @comment !!SourceFile indent.el | |
| 1989 This command indents all lines starting between @var{start} | |
| 1990 (inclusive) and @var{end} (exclusive) sideways by @var{count} columns. | |
| 1991 This ``preserves the shape'' of the affected region, moving it as a | |
| 1992 rigid unit. Consequently, this command is useful not only for indenting | |
| 1993 regions of unindented text, but also for indenting regions of formatted | |
| 1994 code. | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 For example, if @var{count} is 3, this command adds 3 columns of | |
| 1997 indentation to each of the lines beginning in the region specified. | |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 In Mail mode, @kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{mail-yank-original}) uses | |
| 2000 @code{indent-rigidly} to indent the text copied from the message being | |
| 2001 replied to. | |
| 2002 @end deffn | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 @defun indent-code-rigidly start end columns &optional nochange-regexp | |
| 2005 This is like @code{indent-rigidly}, except that it doesn't alter lines | |
| 2006 that start within strings or comments. | |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 In addition, it doesn't alter a line if @var{nochange-regexp} matches at | |
| 2009 the beginning of the line (if @var{nochange-regexp} is non-@code{nil}). | |
| 2010 @end defun | |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 @node Relative Indent | |
| 2013 @subsection Indentation Relative to Previous Lines | |
| 2014 | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2015 This section describes two commands that indent the current line |
| 6558 | 2016 based on the contents of previous lines. |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 @deffn Command indent-relative &optional unindented-ok | |
| 2019 This command inserts whitespace at point, extending to the same | |
| 2020 column as the next @dfn{indent point} of the previous nonblank line. An | |
| 2021 indent point is a non-whitespace character following whitespace. The | |
| 2022 next indent point is the first one at a column greater than the current | |
| 2023 column of point. For example, if point is underneath and to the left of | |
| 2024 the first non-blank character of a line of text, it moves to that column | |
| 2025 by inserting whitespace. | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 If the previous nonblank line has no next indent point (i.e., none at a | |
| 2028 great enough column position), @code{indent-relative} either does | |
| 2029 nothing (if @var{unindented-ok} is non-@code{nil}) or calls | |
| 2030 @code{tab-to-tab-stop}. Thus, if point is underneath and to the right | |
| 2031 of the last column of a short line of text, this command ordinarily | |
| 2032 moves point to the next tab stop by inserting whitespace. | |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 The return value of @code{indent-relative} is unpredictable. | |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 In the following example, point is at the beginning of the second | |
| 2037 line: | |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 @example | |
| 2040 @group | |
| 2041 This line is indented twelve spaces. | |
| 2042 @point{}The quick brown fox jumped. | |
| 2043 @end group | |
| 2044 @end example | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 @noindent | |
| 2047 Evaluation of the expression @code{(indent-relative nil)} produces the | |
| 2048 following: | |
| 2049 | |
| 2050 @example | |
| 2051 @group | |
| 2052 This line is indented twelve spaces. | |
| 2053 @point{}The quick brown fox jumped. | |
| 2054 @end group | |
| 2055 @end example | |
| 2056 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2057 In this next example, point is between the @samp{m} and @samp{p} of |
| 6558 | 2058 @samp{jumped}: |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 @example | |
| 2061 @group | |
| 2062 This line is indented twelve spaces. | |
| 2063 The quick brown fox jum@point{}ped. | |
| 2064 @end group | |
| 2065 @end example | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 @noindent | |
| 2068 Evaluation of the expression @code{(indent-relative nil)} produces the | |
| 2069 following: | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 @example | |
| 2072 @group | |
| 2073 This line is indented twelve spaces. | |
| 2074 The quick brown fox jum @point{}ped. | |
| 2075 @end group | |
| 2076 @end example | |
| 2077 @end deffn | |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 @deffn Command indent-relative-maybe | |
| 2080 @comment !!SourceFile indent.el | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2081 This command indents the current line like the previous nonblank line, |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2082 by calling @code{indent-relative} with @code{t} as the |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2083 @var{unindented-ok} argument. The return value is unpredictable. |
| 6558 | 2084 |
| 2085 If the previous nonblank line has no indent points beyond the current | |
| 2086 column, this command does nothing. | |
| 2087 @end deffn | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 @node Indent Tabs | |
| 2090 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 2091 @subsection Adjustable ``Tab Stops'' | |
| 2092 @cindex tabs stops for indentation | |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 This section explains the mechanism for user-specified ``tab stops'' | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2095 and the mechanisms that use and set them. The name ``tab stops'' is |
| 6558 | 2096 used because the feature is similar to that of the tab stops on a |
| 2097 typewriter. The feature works by inserting an appropriate number of | |
| 2098 spaces and tab characters to reach the next tab stop column; it does not | |
| 2099 affect the display of tab characters in the buffer (@pxref{Usual | |
| 2100 Display}). Note that the @key{TAB} character as input uses this tab | |
| 2101 stop feature only in a few major modes, such as Text mode. | |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 @deffn Command tab-to-tab-stop | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2104 This command inserts spaces or tabs before point, up to the next tab |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2105 stop column defined by @code{tab-stop-list}. It searches the list for |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2106 an element greater than the current column number, and uses that element |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2107 as the column to indent to. It does nothing if no such element is |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2108 found. |
| 6558 | 2109 @end deffn |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 @defopt tab-stop-list | |
| 2112 This variable is the list of tab stop columns used by | |
| 2113 @code{tab-to-tab-stops}. The elements should be integers in increasing | |
| 2114 order. The tab stop columns need not be evenly spaced. | |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 Use @kbd{M-x edit-tab-stops} to edit the location of tab stops | |
| 2117 interactively. | |
| 2118 @end defopt | |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 @node Motion by Indent | |
| 2121 @subsection Indentation-Based Motion Commands | |
| 2122 | |
| 2123 These commands, primarily for interactive use, act based on the | |
| 2124 indentation in the text. | |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 @deffn Command back-to-indentation | |
| 2127 @comment !!SourceFile simple.el | |
| 2128 This command moves point to the first non-whitespace character in the | |
| 2129 current line (which is the line in which point is located). It returns | |
| 2130 @code{nil}. | |
| 2131 @end deffn | |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 @deffn Command backward-to-indentation arg | |
| 2134 @comment !!SourceFile simple.el | |
| 2135 This command moves point backward @var{arg} lines and then to the | |
| 2136 first nonblank character on that line. It returns @code{nil}. | |
| 2137 @end deffn | |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 @deffn Command forward-to-indentation arg | |
| 2140 @comment !!SourceFile simple.el | |
| 2141 This command moves point forward @var{arg} lines and then to the first | |
| 2142 nonblank character on that line. It returns @code{nil}. | |
| 2143 @end deffn | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 @node Case Changes | |
| 2146 @comment node-name, next, previous, up | |
| 2147 @section Case Changes | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2148 @cindex case conversion in buffers |
| 6558 | 2149 |
| 2150 The case change commands described here work on text in the current | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2151 buffer. @xref{Case Conversion}, for case conversion functions that work |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2152 on strings and characters. @xref{Case Tables}, for how to customize |
| 6558 | 2153 which characters are upper or lower case and how to convert them. |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 @deffn Command capitalize-region start end | |
| 2156 This function capitalizes all words in the region defined by | |
| 2157 @var{start} and @var{end}. To capitalize means to convert each word's | |
| 2158 first character to upper case and convert the rest of each word to lower | |
| 2159 case. The function returns @code{nil}. | |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 If one end of the region is in the middle of a word, the part of the | |
| 2162 word within the region is treated as an entire word. | |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 When @code{capitalize-region} is called interactively, @var{start} and | |
| 2165 @var{end} are point and the mark, with the smallest first. | |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 @example | |
| 2168 @group | |
| 2169 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 2170 This is the contents of the 5th foo. | |
| 2171 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 2172 @end group | |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 @group | |
| 2175 (capitalize-region 1 44) | |
| 2176 @result{} nil | |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 2179 This Is The Contents Of The 5th Foo. | |
| 2180 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 2181 @end group | |
| 2182 @end example | |
| 2183 @end deffn | |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 @deffn Command downcase-region start end | |
| 2186 This function converts all of the letters in the region defined by | |
| 2187 @var{start} and @var{end} to lower case. The function returns | |
| 2188 @code{nil}. | |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 When @code{downcase-region} is called interactively, @var{start} and | |
| 2191 @var{end} are point and the mark, with the smallest first. | |
| 2192 @end deffn | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 @deffn Command upcase-region start end | |
| 2195 This function converts all of the letters in the region defined by | |
| 2196 @var{start} and @var{end} to upper case. The function returns | |
| 2197 @code{nil}. | |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 When @code{upcase-region} is called interactively, @var{start} and | |
| 2200 @var{end} are point and the mark, with the smallest first. | |
| 2201 @end deffn | |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 @deffn Command capitalize-word count | |
| 2204 This function capitalizes @var{count} words after point, moving point | |
| 2205 over as it does. To capitalize means to convert each word's first | |
| 2206 character to upper case and convert the rest of each word to lower case. | |
| 2207 If @var{count} is negative, the function capitalizes the | |
| 2208 @minus{}@var{count} previous words but does not move point. The value | |
| 2209 is @code{nil}. | |
| 2210 | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2211 If point is in the middle of a word, the part of the word before point |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2212 is ignored when moving forward. The rest is treated as an entire word. |
| 6558 | 2213 |
| 2214 When @code{capitalize-word} is called interactively, @var{count} is | |
| 2215 set to the numeric prefix argument. | |
| 2216 @end deffn | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 @deffn Command downcase-word count | |
| 2219 This function converts the @var{count} words after point to all lower | |
| 2220 case, moving point over as it does. If @var{count} is negative, it | |
| 2221 converts the @minus{}@var{count} previous words but does not move point. | |
| 2222 The value is @code{nil}. | |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 When @code{downcase-word} is called interactively, @var{count} is set | |
| 2225 to the numeric prefix argument. | |
| 2226 @end deffn | |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 @deffn Command upcase-word count | |
| 2229 This function converts the @var{count} words after point to all upper | |
| 2230 case, moving point over as it does. If @var{count} is negative, it | |
| 2231 converts the @minus{}@var{count} previous words but does not move point. | |
| 2232 The value is @code{nil}. | |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 When @code{upcase-word} is called interactively, @var{count} is set to | |
| 2235 the numeric prefix argument. | |
| 2236 @end deffn | |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 @node Text Properties | |
| 2239 @section Text Properties | |
| 2240 @cindex text properties | |
| 2241 @cindex attributes of text | |
| 2242 @cindex properties of text | |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 Each character position in a buffer or a string can have a @dfn{text | |
| 2245 property list}, much like the property list of a symbol (@pxref{Property | |
| 2246 Lists}). The properties belong to a particular character at a | |
| 2247 particular place, such as, the letter @samp{T} at the beginning of this | |
| 2248 sentence or the first @samp{o} in @samp{foo}---if the same character | |
| 2249 occurs in two different places, the two occurrences generally have | |
| 2250 different properties. | |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 Each property has a name and a value. Both of these can be any Lisp | |
| 2253 object, but the name is normally a symbol. The usual way to access the | |
| 2254 property list is to specify a name and ask what value corresponds to it. | |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 If a character has a @code{category} property, we call it the | |
| 2257 @dfn{category} of the character. It should be a symbol. The properties | |
| 2258 of the symbol serve as defaults for the properties of the character. | |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 Copying text between strings and buffers preserves the properties | |
| 2261 along with the characters; this includes such diverse functions as | |
| 2262 @code{substring}, @code{insert}, and @code{buffer-substring}. | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 @menu | |
|
40588
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2265 * Examining Properties:: Looking at the properties of one character. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2266 * Changing Properties:: Setting the properties of a range of text. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2267 * Property Search:: Searching for where a property changes value. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2268 * Special Properties:: Particular properties with special meanings. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2269 * Format Properties:: Properties for representing formatting of text. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2270 * Sticky Properties:: How inserted text gets properties from |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2271 neighboring text. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2272 * Saving Properties:: Saving text properties in files, and reading |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2273 them back. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2274 * Lazy Properties:: Computing text properties in a lazy fashion |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2275 only when text is examined. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2276 * Clickable Text:: Using text properties to make regions of text |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2277 do something when you click on them. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2278 * Fields:: The @code{field} property defines |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2279 fields within the buffer. |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2280 * Not Intervals:: Why text properties do not use |
|
86c8a6492402
Minor menu indentation cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
39530
diff
changeset
|
2281 Lisp-visible text intervals. |
| 6558 | 2282 @end menu |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 @node Examining Properties | |
| 2285 @subsection Examining Text Properties | |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 The simplest way to examine text properties is to ask for the value of | |
| 2288 a particular property of a particular character. For that, use | |
| 2289 @code{get-text-property}. Use @code{text-properties-at} to get the | |
| 2290 entire property list of a character. @xref{Property Search}, for | |
| 2291 functions to examine the properties of a number of characters at once. | |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 These functions handle both strings and buffers. Keep in mind that | |
| 2294 positions in a string start from 0, whereas positions in a buffer start | |
| 2295 from 1. | |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 @defun get-text-property pos prop &optional object | |
| 2298 This function returns the value of the @var{prop} property of the | |
| 2299 character after position @var{pos} in @var{object} (a buffer or | |
| 2300 string). The argument @var{object} is optional and defaults to the | |
| 2301 current buffer. | |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 If there is no @var{prop} property strictly speaking, but the character | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2304 has a category that is a symbol, then @code{get-text-property} returns |
| 6558 | 2305 the @var{prop} property of that symbol. |
| 2306 @end defun | |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 @defun get-char-property pos prop &optional object | |
| 2309 This function is like @code{get-text-property}, except that it checks | |
| 2310 overlays first and then text properties. @xref{Overlays}. | |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 The argument @var{object} may be a string, a buffer, or a window. If it | |
| 2313 is a window, then the buffer displayed in that window is used for text | |
| 2314 properties and overlays, but only the overlays active for that window | |
| 2315 are considered. If @var{object} is a buffer, then all overlays in that | |
| 2316 buffer are considered, as well as text properties. If @var{object} is a | |
| 2317 string, only text properties are considered, since strings never have | |
| 2318 overlays. | |
| 2319 @end defun | |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 @defun text-properties-at position &optional object | |
| 2322 This function returns the entire property list of the character at | |
| 2323 @var{position} in the string or buffer @var{object}. If @var{object} is | |
| 2324 @code{nil}, it defaults to the current buffer. | |
| 2325 @end defun | |
| 2326 | |
| 12067 | 2327 @defvar default-text-properties |
| 2328 This variable holds a property list giving default values for text | |
| 2329 properties. Whenever a character does not specify a value for a | |
| 12098 | 2330 property, neither directly nor through a category symbol, the value |
| 2331 stored in this list is used instead. Here is an example: | |
| 12067 | 2332 |
| 2333 @example | |
| 2334 (setq default-text-properties '(foo 69)) | |
| 2335 ;; @r{Make sure character 1 has no properties of its own.} | |
| 2336 (set-text-properties 1 2 nil) | |
| 2337 ;; @r{What we get, when we ask, is the default value.} | |
| 2338 (get-text-property 1 'foo) | |
| 2339 @result{} 69 | |
| 2340 @end example | |
| 2341 @end defvar | |
| 2342 | |
| 6558 | 2343 @node Changing Properties |
| 2344 @subsection Changing Text Properties | |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 The primitives for changing properties apply to a specified range of | |
|
18339
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2347 text in a buffer or string. The function @code{set-text-properties} |
|
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2348 (see end of section) sets the entire property list of the text in that |
|
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2349 range; more often, it is useful to add, change, or delete just certain |
|
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2350 properties specified by name. |
|
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2351 |
|
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2352 Since text properties are considered part of the contents of the |
|
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2353 buffer (or string), and can affect how a buffer looks on the screen, any |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2354 change in buffer text properties marks the buffer as modified. Buffer |
|
18339
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2355 text property changes are undoable also (@pxref{Undo}). |
| 6558 | 2356 |
| 12098 | 2357 @defun put-text-property start end prop value &optional object |
| 2358 This function sets the @var{prop} property to @var{value} for the text | |
| 2359 between @var{start} and @var{end} in the string or buffer @var{object}. | |
| 2360 If @var{object} is @code{nil}, it defaults to the current buffer. | |
| 2361 @end defun | |
| 2362 | |
| 6558 | 2363 @defun add-text-properties start end props &optional object |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2364 This function adds or overrides text properties for the text between |
| 6558 | 2365 @var{start} and @var{end} in the string or buffer @var{object}. If |
| 2366 @var{object} is @code{nil}, it defaults to the current buffer. | |
| 2367 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2368 The argument @var{props} specifies which properties to add. It should |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2369 have the form of a property list (@pxref{Property Lists}): a list whose |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2370 elements include the property names followed alternately by the |
| 6558 | 2371 corresponding values. |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 The return value is @code{t} if the function actually changed some | |
| 2374 property's value; @code{nil} otherwise (if @var{props} is @code{nil} or | |
| 2375 its values agree with those in the text). | |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 For example, here is how to set the @code{comment} and @code{face} | |
| 2378 properties of a range of text: | |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 @example | |
| 2381 (add-text-properties @var{start} @var{end} | |
| 2382 '(comment t face highlight)) | |
| 2383 @end example | |
| 2384 @end defun | |
| 2385 | |
| 2386 @defun remove-text-properties start end props &optional object | |
| 2387 This function deletes specified text properties from the text between | |
| 2388 @var{start} and @var{end} in the string or buffer @var{object}. If | |
| 2389 @var{object} is @code{nil}, it defaults to the current buffer. | |
| 2390 | |
| 2391 The argument @var{props} specifies which properties to delete. It | |
| 2392 should have the form of a property list (@pxref{Property Lists}): a list | |
| 2393 whose elements are property names alternating with corresponding values. | |
| 2394 But only the names matter---the values that accompany them are ignored. | |
| 2395 For example, here's how to remove the @code{face} property. | |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 @example | |
| 2398 (remove-text-properties @var{start} @var{end} '(face nil)) | |
| 2399 @end example | |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 The return value is @code{t} if the function actually changed some | |
| 2402 property's value; @code{nil} otherwise (if @var{props} is @code{nil} or | |
| 2403 if no character in the specified text had any of those properties). | |
|
18339
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2404 |
|
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2405 To remove all text properties from certain text, use |
|
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2406 @code{set-text-properties} and specify @code{nil} for the new property |
|
7def48db254a
Clarify about text props in strings and how to remove all of them.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16934
diff
changeset
|
2407 list. |
| 6558 | 2408 @end defun |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 @defun set-text-properties start end props &optional object | |
| 2411 This function completely replaces the text property list for the text | |
| 2412 between @var{start} and @var{end} in the string or buffer @var{object}. | |
| 2413 If @var{object} is @code{nil}, it defaults to the current buffer. | |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 The argument @var{props} is the new property list. It should be a list | |
| 2416 whose elements are property names alternating with corresponding values. | |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 After @code{set-text-properties} returns, all the characters in the | |
| 2419 specified range have identical properties. | |
| 2420 | |
| 2421 If @var{props} is @code{nil}, the effect is to get rid of all properties | |
| 2422 from the specified range of text. Here's an example: | |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 @example | |
| 2425 (set-text-properties @var{start} @var{end} nil) | |
| 2426 @end example | |
| 2427 @end defun | |
| 2428 | |
| 25875 | 2429 The easiest way to make a string with text properties |
| 2430 is with @code{propertize}: | |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 @defun propertize string &rest properties | |
| 2433 @tindex propertize | |
| 2434 This function returns a copy of @var{string} which has the text | |
| 2435 properties @var{properties}. These properties apply to all the | |
| 2436 characters in the string that is returned. Here is an example that | |
| 2437 constructs a string with a @code{face} property and a @code{mouse-face} | |
| 2438 property: | |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 @smallexample | |
| 2441 (propertize "foo" 'face 'italic | |
| 2442 'mouse-face 'bold-italic) | |
| 2443 @result{} #("foo" 0 3 (mouse-face bold-italic face italic)) | |
| 2444 @end smallexample | |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 To put different properties on various parts of a string, you can | |
| 2447 construct each part with @code{propertize} and then combine them with | |
| 2448 @code{concat}: | |
| 2449 | |
| 2450 @smallexample | |
| 2451 (concat | |
| 2452 (propertize "foo" 'face 'italic | |
| 2453 'mouse-face 'bold-italic) | |
| 2454 " and " | |
| 2455 (propertize "bar" 'face 'italic | |
| 2456 'mouse-face 'bold-italic)) | |
| 2457 @result{} #("foo and bar" | |
| 2458 0 3 (face italic mouse-face bold-italic) | |
| 2459 3 8 nil | |
| 2460 8 11 (face italic mouse-face bold-italic)) | |
| 2461 @end smallexample | |
| 2462 @end defun | |
| 2463 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2464 See also the function @code{buffer-substring-no-properties} |
| 12067 | 2465 (@pxref{Buffer Contents}) which copies text from the buffer |
| 2466 but does not copy its properties. | |
| 2467 | |
| 6558 | 2468 @node Property Search |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2469 @subsection Text Property Search Functions |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2470 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2471 In typical use of text properties, most of the time several or many |
| 6558 | 2472 consecutive characters have the same value for a property. Rather than |
| 2473 writing your programs to examine characters one by one, it is much | |
| 2474 faster to process chunks of text that have the same property value. | |
| 2475 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2476 Here are functions you can use to do this. They use @code{eq} for |
| 12098 | 2477 comparing property values. In all cases, @var{object} defaults to the |
| 2478 current buffer. | |
| 6558 | 2479 |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2480 For high performance, it's very important to use the @var{limit} |
| 6558 | 2481 argument to these functions, especially the ones that search for a |
| 12098 | 2482 single property---otherwise, they may spend a long time scanning to the |
| 2483 end of the buffer, if the property you are interested in does not change. | |
| 6558 | 2484 |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2485 These functions do not move point; instead, they return a position (or |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2486 @code{nil}). Remember that a position is always between two characters; |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2487 the position returned by these functions is between two characters with |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2488 different properties. |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2489 |
| 6558 | 2490 @defun next-property-change pos &optional object limit |
| 2491 The function scans the text forward from position @var{pos} in the | |
| 2492 string or buffer @var{object} till it finds a change in some text | |
| 2493 property, then returns the position of the change. In other words, it | |
| 2494 returns the position of the first character beyond @var{pos} whose | |
| 2495 properties are not identical to those of the character just after | |
| 2496 @var{pos}. | |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 If @var{limit} is non-@code{nil}, then the scan ends at position | |
| 2499 @var{limit}. If there is no property change before that point, | |
| 2500 @code{next-property-change} returns @var{limit}. | |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 The value is @code{nil} if the properties remain unchanged all the way | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2503 to the end of @var{object} and @var{limit} is @code{nil}. If the value |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2504 is non-@code{nil}, it is a position greater than or equal to @var{pos}. |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2505 The value equals @var{pos} only when @var{limit} equals @var{pos}. |
| 6558 | 2506 |
| 2507 Here is an example of how to scan the buffer by chunks of text within | |
| 2508 which all properties are constant: | |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 @smallexample | |
| 2511 (while (not (eobp)) | |
| 2512 (let ((plist (text-properties-at (point))) | |
| 2513 (next-change | |
| 2514 (or (next-property-change (point) (current-buffer)) | |
| 2515 (point-max)))) | |
| 2516 @r{Process text from point to @var{next-change}@dots{}} | |
| 2517 (goto-char next-change))) | |
| 2518 @end smallexample | |
| 2519 @end defun | |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 @defun next-single-property-change pos prop &optional object limit | |
| 2522 The function scans the text forward from position @var{pos} in the | |
| 2523 string or buffer @var{object} till it finds a change in the @var{prop} | |
| 2524 property, then returns the position of the change. In other words, it | |
| 2525 returns the position of the first character beyond @var{pos} whose | |
| 2526 @var{prop} property differs from that of the character just after | |
| 2527 @var{pos}. | |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 If @var{limit} is non-@code{nil}, then the scan ends at position | |
| 2530 @var{limit}. If there is no property change before that point, | |
| 2531 @code{next-single-property-change} returns @var{limit}. | |
| 2532 | |
| 2533 The value is @code{nil} if the property remains unchanged all the way to | |
| 2534 the end of @var{object} and @var{limit} is @code{nil}. If the value is | |
| 2535 non-@code{nil}, it is a position greater than or equal to @var{pos}; it | |
| 2536 equals @var{pos} only if @var{limit} equals @var{pos}. | |
| 2537 @end defun | |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 @defun previous-property-change pos &optional object limit | |
| 2540 This is like @code{next-property-change}, but scans back from @var{pos} | |
| 2541 instead of forward. If the value is non-@code{nil}, it is a position | |
| 2542 less than or equal to @var{pos}; it equals @var{pos} only if @var{limit} | |
| 2543 equals @var{pos}. | |
| 2544 @end defun | |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 @defun previous-single-property-change pos prop &optional object limit | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2547 This is like @code{next-single-property-change}, but scans back from |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2548 @var{pos} instead of forward. If the value is non-@code{nil}, it is a |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2549 position less than or equal to @var{pos}; it equals @var{pos} only if |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2550 @var{limit} equals @var{pos}. |
| 6558 | 2551 @end defun |
| 2552 | |
|
39528
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2553 @defun next-char-property-change pos &optional limit |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2554 This is like @code{next-property-change} except that it considers |
|
39528
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2555 overlay properties as well as text properties, and if no change is |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2556 found before the end of the buffer, it returns the maximum buffer |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2557 position rather than @code{nil} (in this sense, it resembles the |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2558 corresponding overlay function @code{next-overlay-change}, rather than |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2559 @code{next-property-change}). There is no @var{object} operand |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2560 because this function operates only on the current buffer. It returns |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2561 the next address at which either kind of property changes. |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2562 @end defun |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2563 |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2564 @defun previous-char-property-change pos &optional limit |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2565 This is like @code{next-char-property-change}, but scans back from |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2566 @var{pos} instead of forward, and returns the minimum buffer |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2567 position if no change is found. |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2568 @end defun |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2569 |
|
39528
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2570 @defun next-single-char-property-change pos prop &optional object limit |
|
39530
6d1ba806f659
Add @tindex lines to new entries.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39528
diff
changeset
|
2571 @tindex next-single-char-property-change |
|
39528
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2572 This is like @code{next-single-property-change} except that it |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2573 considers overlay properties as well as text properties, and if no |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2574 change is found before the end of the @var{object}, it returns the |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2575 maximum valid position in @var{object} rather than @code{nil}. Unlike |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2576 @code{next-char-property-change}, this function @emph{does} have an |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2577 @var{object} operand; if @var{object} is not a buffer, only |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2578 text-properties are considered. |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2579 @end defun |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2580 |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2581 @defun previous-single-char-property-change pos prop &optional object limit |
|
39530
6d1ba806f659
Add @tindex lines to new entries.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39528
diff
changeset
|
2582 @tindex previous-single-char-property-change |
|
39528
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2583 This is like @code{next-single-char-property-change}, but scans back |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2584 from @var{pos} instead of forward, and returns the minimum valid |
|
ed97ba5c9ba8
(Property Search): Correct descriptions of
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39208
diff
changeset
|
2585 position in @var{object} if no change is found. |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2586 @end defun |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2587 |
| 6558 | 2588 @defun text-property-any start end prop value &optional object |
| 2589 This function returns non-@code{nil} if at least one character between | |
| 2590 @var{start} and @var{end} has a property @var{prop} whose value is | |
| 2591 @var{value}. More precisely, it returns the position of the first such | |
| 2592 character. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}. | |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 The optional fifth argument, @var{object}, specifies the string or | |
| 2595 buffer to scan. Positions are relative to @var{object}. The default | |
| 2596 for @var{object} is the current buffer. | |
| 2597 @end defun | |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 @defun text-property-not-all start end prop value &optional object | |
| 2600 This function returns non-@code{nil} if at least one character between | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2601 @var{start} and @var{end} does not have a property @var{prop} with value |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2602 @var{value}. More precisely, it returns the position of the first such |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2603 character. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}. |
| 6558 | 2604 |
| 2605 The optional fifth argument, @var{object}, specifies the string or | |
| 2606 buffer to scan. Positions are relative to @var{object}. The default | |
| 2607 for @var{object} is the current buffer. | |
| 2608 @end defun | |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 @node Special Properties | |
| 2611 @subsection Properties with Special Meanings | |
| 2612 | |
| 12098 | 2613 Here is a table of text property names that have special built-in |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2614 meanings. The following sections list a few additional special property |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2615 names that control filling and property inheritance. All other names |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
2616 have no standard meaning, and you can use them as you like. |
| 12098 | 2617 |
| 6558 | 2618 @table @code |
| 2619 @cindex category of text character | |
| 2620 @kindex category @r{(text property)} | |
| 2621 @item category | |
| 2622 If a character has a @code{category} property, we call it the | |
| 2623 @dfn{category} of the character. It should be a symbol. The properties | |
| 2624 of the symbol serve as defaults for the properties of the character. | |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 @item face | |
| 2627 @cindex face codes of text | |
| 2628 @kindex face @r{(text property)} | |
| 2629 You can use the property @code{face} to control the font and color of | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2630 text. @xref{Faces}, for more information. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2631 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2632 In the simplest case, the value is a face name. It can also be a list; |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2633 then each element can be any of these possibilities; |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2634 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2635 @itemize @bullet |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2636 @item |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2637 A face name (a symbol or string). |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2638 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2639 @item |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2640 Starting in Emacs 21, a property list of face attributes. This has the |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2641 form (@var{keyword} @var{value} @dots{}), where each @var{keyword} is a |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2642 face attribute name and @var{value} is a meaningful value for that |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2643 attribute. With this feature, you do not need to create a face each |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2644 time you want to specify a particular attribute for certain text. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2645 @xref{Face Attributes}. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2646 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2647 @item |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2648 A cons cell of the form @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} or |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2649 @code{(background-color . @var{color-name})}. These elements specify |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2650 just the foreground color or just the background color. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2651 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2652 @code{(foreground-color . @var{color-name})} is equivalent to |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2653 @code{(:foreground @var{color-name})}, and likewise for the background. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2654 @end itemize |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2655 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2656 @xref{Font Lock Mode}, for information on how to update @code{face} |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2657 properties automatically based on the contents of the text. |
| 6558 | 2658 |
| 2659 @item mouse-face | |
| 2660 @kindex mouse-face @r{(text property)} | |
| 2661 The property @code{mouse-face} is used instead of @code{face} when the | |
| 2662 mouse is on or near the character. For this purpose, ``near'' means | |
| 2663 that all text between the character and where the mouse is have the same | |
| 2664 @code{mouse-face} property value. | |
| 2665 | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2666 @item fontified |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2667 @kindex fontified @r{(text property)} |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2668 This property, if non-@code{nil}, says that text in the buffer has |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2669 had faces assigned automatically by a feature such as Font-Lock mode. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2670 @xref{Auto Faces}. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2671 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2672 @item display |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2673 @kindex display @r{(text property)} |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2674 This property activates various features that change the |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2675 way text is displayed. For example, it can make text appear taller |
|
27374
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
2676 or shorter, higher or lower, wider or narrow, or replaced with an image. |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2677 @xref{Display Property}. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2678 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2679 @item help-echo |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2680 @kindex help-echo @r{(text property)} |
| 31079 | 2681 @anchor{Text help-echo} |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2682 If text has a string as its @code{help-echo} property, then when you |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2683 move the mouse onto that text, Emacs displays that string in the echo |
| 31079 | 2684 area, or in the tooltip window. |
| 2685 | |
| 31372 | 2686 If the value of the @code{help-echo} property is a function, that |
| 31079 | 2687 function is called with three arguments, @var{window}, @var{object} and |
| 31372 | 2688 @var{position} and should return a help string or @var{nil} for |
| 31079 | 2689 none. The first argument, @var{window} is the window in which |
| 2690 the help was found. The second, @var{object}, is the buffer, overlay or | |
| 2691 string which had the @code{help-echo} property. The @var{position} | |
| 2692 argument is as follows: | |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 @itemize @bullet{} | |
| 2695 @item | |
| 2696 If @var{object} is a buffer, @var{pos} is the position in the buffer | |
| 2697 where the @code{help-echo} text property was found. | |
| 2698 @item | |
| 2699 If @var{object} is an overlay, that overlay has a @code{help-echo} | |
| 2700 property, and @var{pos} is the position in the overlay's buffer under | |
| 2701 the mouse. | |
| 2702 @item | |
| 2703 If @var{object} is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed | |
| 31372 | 2704 with the @code{display} property), @var{pos} is the position in that |
| 31079 | 2705 string under the mouse. |
| 2706 @end itemize | |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 If the value of the @code{help-echo} property is neither a function nor | |
| 2709 a string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string. | |
| 2710 | |
| 31372 | 2711 You can alter the way help text is displayed by setting the variable |
| 2712 @code{show-help-function} (@pxref{Help display}). | |
| 31079 | 2713 |
| 2714 This feature is used in the mode line and for other active text. It is | |
| 2715 available starting in Emacs 21. | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
2716 |
| 29102 | 2717 @item local-map |
| 6558 | 2718 @cindex keymap of character |
| 29102 | 2719 @kindex local-map @r{(text property)} |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2720 You can specify a different keymap for some of the text in a buffer by |
| 29102 | 2721 means of the @code{local-map} property. The property's value for the |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2722 character after point, if non-@code{nil}, is used for key lookup instead |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2723 of the buffer's local map. If the property value is a symbol, the |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2724 symbol's function definition is used as the keymap. @xref{Active |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2725 Keymaps}. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2726 |
| 34000 | 2727 @item keymap |
| 2728 @kindex keymap @r{(text property)} | |
| 2729 The @code{keymap} property is similar to @code{local-map} but overrides the | |
| 2730 buffer's local map (and the map specified by the @code{local-map} | |
| 2731 property) rather than replacing it. | |
| 2732 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2733 @item syntax-table |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2734 The @code{syntax-table} property overrides what the syntax table says |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2735 about this particular character. @xref{Syntax Properties}. |
| 6558 | 2736 |
| 2737 @item read-only | |
| 2738 @cindex read-only character | |
| 2739 @kindex read-only @r{(text property)} | |
| 2740 If a character has the property @code{read-only}, then modifying that | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2741 character is not allowed. Any command that would do so gets an error, |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2742 @code{text-read-only}. |
| 6558 | 2743 |
| 2744 Insertion next to a read-only character is an error if inserting | |
| 2745 ordinary text there would inherit the @code{read-only} property due to | |
| 2746 stickiness. Thus, you can control permission to insert next to | |
| 2747 read-only text by controlling the stickiness. @xref{Sticky Properties}. | |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 Since changing properties counts as modifying the buffer, it is not | |
| 2750 possible to remove a @code{read-only} property unless you know the | |
| 2751 special trick: bind @code{inhibit-read-only} to a non-@code{nil} value | |
| 2752 and then remove the property. @xref{Read Only Buffers}. | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 @item invisible | |
| 2755 @kindex invisible @r{(text property)} | |
| 12067 | 2756 A non-@code{nil} @code{invisible} property can make a character invisible |
| 2757 on the screen. @xref{Invisible Text}, for details. | |
| 6558 | 2758 |
|
6782
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
2759 @item intangible |
|
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
2760 @kindex intangible @r{(text property)} |
| 12067 | 2761 If a group of consecutive characters have equal and non-@code{nil} |
| 2762 @code{intangible} properties, then you cannot place point between them. | |
| 12098 | 2763 If you try to move point forward into the group, point actually moves to |
| 2764 the end of the group. If you try to move point backward into the group, | |
| 12067 | 2765 point actually moves to the start of the group. |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 When the variable @code{inhibit-point-motion-hooks} is non-@code{nil}, | |
| 2768 the @code{intangible} property is ignored. | |
|
6782
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
2769 |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2770 @item field |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2771 @kindex field @r{(text property)} |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2772 Consecutive characters with the same @code{field} property constitute a |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2773 @dfn{field}. Some motion functions including @code{forward-word} and |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2774 @code{beginning-of-line} stop moving at a field boundary. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2775 @xref{Fields}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2776 |
| 6558 | 2777 @item modification-hooks |
| 2778 @cindex change hooks for a character | |
| 2779 @cindex hooks for changing a character | |
| 2780 @kindex modification-hooks @r{(text property)} | |
| 2781 If a character has the property @code{modification-hooks}, then its | |
| 2782 value should be a list of functions; modifying that character calls all | |
| 2783 of those functions. Each function receives two arguments: the beginning | |
| 2784 and end of the part of the buffer being modified. Note that if a | |
| 2785 particular modification hook function appears on several characters | |
| 2786 being modified by a single primitive, you can't predict how many times | |
| 2787 the function will be called. | |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 @item insert-in-front-hooks | |
| 2790 @itemx insert-behind-hooks | |
| 2791 @kindex insert-in-front-hooks @r{(text property)} | |
| 2792 @kindex insert-behind-hooks @r{(text property)} | |
|
16398
71e49abd5906
Clarify how insert-in-front-hooks and insert-behind-hooks are used.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15760
diff
changeset
|
2793 The operation of inserting text in a buffer also calls the functions |
|
71e49abd5906
Clarify how insert-in-front-hooks and insert-behind-hooks are used.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15760
diff
changeset
|
2794 listed in the @code{insert-in-front-hooks} property of the following |
|
71e49abd5906
Clarify how insert-in-front-hooks and insert-behind-hooks are used.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15760
diff
changeset
|
2795 character and in the @code{insert-behind-hooks} property of the |
|
71e49abd5906
Clarify how insert-in-front-hooks and insert-behind-hooks are used.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15760
diff
changeset
|
2796 preceding character. These functions receive two arguments, the |
|
71e49abd5906
Clarify how insert-in-front-hooks and insert-behind-hooks are used.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15760
diff
changeset
|
2797 beginning and end of the inserted text. The functions are called |
|
71e49abd5906
Clarify how insert-in-front-hooks and insert-behind-hooks are used.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15760
diff
changeset
|
2798 @emph{after} the actual insertion takes place. |
| 6558 | 2799 |
| 2800 See also @ref{Change Hooks}, for other hooks that are called | |
| 2801 when you change text in a buffer. | |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 @item point-entered | |
| 2804 @itemx point-left | |
| 2805 @cindex hooks for motion of point | |
| 2806 @kindex point-entered @r{(text property)} | |
| 2807 @kindex point-left @r{(text property)} | |
| 2808 The special properties @code{point-entered} and @code{point-left} | |
| 2809 record hook functions that report motion of point. Each time point | |
| 2810 moves, Emacs compares these two property values: | |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 @itemize @bullet | |
| 2813 @item | |
| 2814 the @code{point-left} property of the character after the old location, | |
| 2815 and | |
| 2816 @item | |
| 2817 the @code{point-entered} property of the character after the new | |
| 2818 location. | |
| 2819 @end itemize | |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 @noindent | |
| 2822 If these two values differ, each of them is called (if not @code{nil}) | |
| 2823 with two arguments: the old value of point, and the new one. | |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 The same comparison is made for the characters before the old and new | |
| 2826 locations. The result may be to execute two @code{point-left} functions | |
| 2827 (which may be the same function) and/or two @code{point-entered} | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2828 functions (which may be the same function). In any case, all the |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2829 @code{point-left} functions are called first, followed by all the |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2830 @code{point-entered} functions. |
| 6558 | 2831 |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2832 It is possible using @code{char-after} to examine characters at various |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2833 positions without moving point to those positions. Only an actual |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2834 change in the value of point runs these hook functions. |
| 6558 | 2835 @end table |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 @defvar inhibit-point-motion-hooks | |
| 2838 When this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{point-left} and | |
| 12067 | 2839 @code{point-entered} hooks are not run, and the @code{intangible} |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2840 property has no effect. Do not set this variable globally; bind it with |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2841 @code{let}. |
| 6558 | 2842 @end defvar |
| 2843 | |
| 31079 | 2844 @defvar show-help-function |
| 2845 @tindex show-help-function | |
| 31372 | 2846 @anchor{Help display} If this variable is non-@code{nil}, it specifies a |
| 2847 function called to display help strings. These may be @code{help-echo} | |
| 2848 properties, menu help strings (@pxref{Simple Menu Items}, | |
| 2849 @pxref{Extended Menu Items}), or tool bar help strings (@pxref{Tool | |
| 2850 Bar}). The specified function is called with one argument, the help | |
| 38581 | 2851 string to display. Tooltip mode (@pxref{Tooltips,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs |
| 2852 Manual}) provides an example. | |
| 31079 | 2853 @end defvar |
| 2854 | |
| 12067 | 2855 @node Format Properties |
| 12098 | 2856 @subsection Formatted Text Properties |
| 12067 | 2857 |
| 2858 These text properties affect the behavior of the fill commands. They | |
| 12098 | 2859 are used for representing formatted text. @xref{Filling}, and |
| 2860 @ref{Margins}. | |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 @table @code | |
| 12067 | 2863 @item hard |
| 2864 If a newline character has this property, it is a ``hard'' newline. | |
| 2865 The fill commands do not alter hard newlines and do not move words | |
| 2866 across them. However, this property takes effect only if the variable | |
| 2867 @code{use-hard-newlines} is non-@code{nil}. | |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 @item right-margin | |
| 12098 | 2870 This property specifies an extra right margin for filling this part of the |
| 12067 | 2871 text. |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 @item left-margin | |
| 12098 | 2874 This property specifies an extra left margin for filling this part of the |
| 12067 | 2875 text. |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 @item justification | |
| 2878 This property specifies the style of justification for filling this part | |
| 2879 of the text. | |
| 2880 @end table | |
| 2881 | |
| 6558 | 2882 @node Sticky Properties |
| 2883 @subsection Stickiness of Text Properties | |
| 2884 @cindex sticky text properties | |
| 2885 @cindex inheritance of text properties | |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 Self-inserting characters normally take on the same properties as the | |
| 2888 preceding character. This is called @dfn{inheritance} of properties. | |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 In a Lisp program, you can do insertion with inheritance or without, | |
| 2891 depending on your choice of insertion primitive. The ordinary text | |
| 2892 insertion functions such as @code{insert} do not inherit any properties. | |
| 2893 They insert text with precisely the properties of the string being | |
| 2894 inserted, and no others. This is correct for programs that copy text | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2895 from one context to another---for example, into or out of the kill ring. |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2896 To insert with inheritance, use the special primitives described in this |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2897 section. Self-inserting characters inherit properties because they work |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2898 using these primitives. |
| 6558 | 2899 |
| 2900 When you do insertion with inheritance, @emph{which} properties are | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2901 inherited, and from where, depends on which properties are @dfn{sticky}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2902 Insertion after a character inherits those of its properties that are |
| 6558 | 2903 @dfn{rear-sticky}. Insertion before a character inherits those of its |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2904 properties that are @dfn{front-sticky}. When both sides offer different |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2905 sticky values for the same property, the previous character's value |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2906 takes precedence. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2907 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2908 By default, a text property is rear-sticky but not front-sticky; thus, |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2909 the default is to inherit all the properties of the preceding character, |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2910 and nothing from the following character. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2911 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2912 You can control the stickiness of various text properties with two |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2913 specific text properties, @code{front-sticky} and @code{rear-nonsticky}, |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2914 and with the variable @code{text-property-default-nonsticky}. You can |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2915 use the variable to specify a different default for a given property. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2916 You can use those two text properties to make any specific properties |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2917 sticky or nonsticky in any particular part of the text. |
| 6558 | 2918 |
| 2919 If a character's @code{front-sticky} property is @code{t}, then all | |
| 2920 its properties are front-sticky. If the @code{front-sticky} property is | |
| 2921 a list, then the sticky properties of the character are those whose | |
| 2922 names are in the list. For example, if a character has a | |
| 2923 @code{front-sticky} property whose value is @code{(face read-only)}, | |
| 2924 then insertion before the character can inherit its @code{face} property | |
| 2925 and its @code{read-only} property, but no others. | |
| 2926 | |
|
27374
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
2927 The @code{rear-nonsticky} property works the opposite way. Most |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
2928 properties are rear-sticky by default, so the @code{rear-nonsticky} |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
2929 property says which properties are @emph{not} rear-sticky. If a |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
2930 character's @code{rear-nonsticky} property is @code{t}, then none of its |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
2931 properties are rear-sticky. If the @code{rear-nonsticky} property is a |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
2932 list, properties are rear-sticky @emph{unless} their names are in the |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
2933 list. |
| 6558 | 2934 |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2935 @defvar text-property-default-nonsticky |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2936 @tindex text-property-default-nonsticky |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2937 This variable holds an alist which defines the default rear-stickiness |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2938 of various text properties. Each element has the form |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2939 @code{(@var{property} . @var{nonstickiness})}, and it defines the |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2940 stickiness of a particular text property, @var{property}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2941 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2942 If @var{nonstickiness} is non-@code{nil}, this means that the property |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2943 @var{property} is rear-nonsticky by default. Since all properties are |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2944 front-nonsticky by default, this makes @var{property} nonsticky in both |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2945 directions by default. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2946 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2947 The text properties @code{front-sticky} and @code{rear-nonsticky}, when |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2948 used, take precedence over the default @var{nonstickiness} specifed in |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2949 @code{text-property-default-nonsticky}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
2950 @end defvar |
| 6558 | 2951 |
| 2952 Here are the functions that insert text with inheritance of properties: | |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 @defun insert-and-inherit &rest strings | |
| 2955 Insert the strings @var{strings}, just like the function @code{insert}, | |
| 2956 but inherit any sticky properties from the adjoining text. | |
| 2957 @end defun | |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 @defun insert-before-markers-and-inherit &rest strings | |
| 2960 Insert the strings @var{strings}, just like the function | |
| 2961 @code{insert-before-markers}, but inherit any sticky properties from the | |
| 2962 adjoining text. | |
| 2963 @end defun | |
| 2964 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2965 @xref{Insertion}, for the ordinary insertion functions which do not |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2966 inherit. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2967 |
| 6558 | 2968 @node Saving Properties |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
2969 @subsection Saving Text Properties in Files |
| 6558 | 2970 @cindex text properties in files |
| 2971 @cindex saving text properties | |
| 2972 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2973 You can save text properties in files (along with the text itself), |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2974 and restore the same text properties when visiting or inserting the |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2975 files, using these two hooks: |
| 6558 | 2976 |
| 12098 | 2977 @defvar write-region-annotate-functions |
| 6558 | 2978 This variable's value is a list of functions for @code{write-region} to |
| 2979 run to encode text properties in some fashion as annotations to the text | |
| 2980 being written in the file. @xref{Writing to Files}. | |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 Each function in the list is called with two arguments: the start and | |
| 2983 end of the region to be written. These functions should not alter the | |
| 2984 contents of the buffer. Instead, they should return lists indicating | |
| 2985 annotations to write in the file in addition to the text in the | |
| 2986 buffer. | |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 Each function should return a list of elements of the form | |
| 2989 @code{(@var{position} . @var{string})}, where @var{position} is an | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2990 integer specifying the relative position within the text to be written, |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
2991 and @var{string} is the annotation to add there. |
| 6558 | 2992 |
| 2993 Each list returned by one of these functions must be already sorted in | |
| 2994 increasing order by @var{position}. If there is more than one function, | |
| 2995 @code{write-region} merges the lists destructively into one sorted list. | |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 When @code{write-region} actually writes the text from the buffer to the | |
| 2998 file, it intermixes the specified annotations at the corresponding | |
| 2999 positions. All this takes place without modifying the buffer. | |
| 3000 @end defvar | |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 @defvar after-insert-file-functions | |
| 3003 This variable holds a list of functions for @code{insert-file-contents} | |
| 3004 to call after inserting a file's contents. These functions should scan | |
| 3005 the inserted text for annotations, and convert them to the text | |
| 3006 properties they stand for. | |
| 3007 | |
| 3008 Each function receives one argument, the length of the inserted text; | |
| 3009 point indicates the start of that text. The function should scan that | |
| 3010 text for annotations, delete them, and create the text properties that | |
| 3011 the annotations specify. The function should return the updated length | |
| 3012 of the inserted text, as it stands after those changes. The value | |
| 3013 returned by one function becomes the argument to the next function. | |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 These functions should always return with point at the beginning of | |
| 3016 the inserted text. | |
| 3017 | |
| 3018 The intended use of @code{after-insert-file-functions} is for converting | |
| 3019 some sort of textual annotations into actual text properties. But other | |
| 3020 uses may be possible. | |
| 3021 @end defvar | |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 We invite users to write Lisp programs to store and retrieve text | |
| 3024 properties in files, using these hooks, and thus to experiment with | |
| 3025 various data formats and find good ones. Eventually we hope users | |
| 3026 will produce good, general extensions we can install in Emacs. | |
| 3027 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3028 We suggest not trying to handle arbitrary Lisp objects as text property |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3029 names or values---because a program that general is probably difficult |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3030 to write, and slow. Instead, choose a set of possible data types that |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3031 are reasonably flexible, and not too hard to encode. |
| 6558 | 3032 |
| 12098 | 3033 @xref{Format Conversion}, for a related feature. |
| 3034 | |
| 3035 @c ??? In next edition, merge this info Format Conversion. | |
| 3036 | |
|
15760
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3037 @node Lazy Properties |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3038 @subsection Lazy Computation of Text Properties |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3039 |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3040 Instead of computing text properties for all the text in the buffer, |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3041 you can arrange to compute the text properties for parts of the text |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3042 when and if something depends on them. |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3043 |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3044 The primitive that extracts text from the buffer along with its |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3045 properties is @code{buffer-substring}. Before examining the properties, |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3046 this function runs the abnormal hook @code{buffer-access-fontify-functions}. |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3047 |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3048 @defvar buffer-access-fontify-functions |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3049 This variable holds a list of functions for computing text properties. |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3050 Before @code{buffer-substring} copies the text and text properties for a |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3051 portion of the buffer, it calls all the functions in this list. Each of |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3052 the functions receives two arguments that specify the range of the |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3053 buffer being accessed. (The buffer itself is always the current |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3054 buffer.) |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3055 @end defvar |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3056 |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3057 The function @code{buffer-substring-no-properties} does not call these |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3058 functions, since it ignores text properties anyway. |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3059 |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3060 In order to prevent the hook functions from being called more than |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3061 once for the same part of the buffer, you can use the variable |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3062 @code{buffer-access-fontified-property}. |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3063 |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3064 @defvar buffer-access-fontified-property |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3065 If this value's variable is non-@code{nil}, it is a symbol which is used |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3066 as a text property name. A non-@code{nil} value for that text property |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3067 means, ``the other text properties for this character have already been |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3068 computed.'' |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3069 |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3070 If all the characters in the range specified for @code{buffer-substring} |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3071 have a non-@code{nil} value for this property, @code{buffer-substring} |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3072 does not call the @code{buffer-access-fontify-functions} functions. It |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3073 assumes these characters already have the right text properties, and |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3074 just copies the properties they already have. |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3075 |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3076 The normal way to use this feature is that the |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3077 @code{buffer-access-fontify-functions} functions add this property, as |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3078 well as others, to the characters they operate on. That way, they avoid |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3079 being called over and over for the same text. |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3080 @end defvar |
|
0489cb739a5f
(Lazy Properties): New node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13109
diff
changeset
|
3081 |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3082 @node Clickable Text |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3083 @subsection Defining Clickable Text |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3084 @cindex clickable text |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3085 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3086 There are two ways to set up @dfn{clickable text} in a buffer. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3087 There are typically two parts of this: to make the text highlight |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3088 when the mouse is over it, and to make a mouse button do something |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3089 when you click it on that part of the text. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3090 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3091 Highlighting is done with the @code{mouse-face} text property. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3092 Here is an example of how Dired does it: |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3093 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3094 @smallexample |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3095 (condition-case nil |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3096 (if (dired-move-to-filename) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3097 (put-text-property (point) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3098 (save-excursion |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3099 (dired-move-to-end-of-filename) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3100 (point)) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3101 'mouse-face 'highlight)) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3102 (error nil)) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3103 @end smallexample |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3104 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3105 @noindent |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3106 The first two arguments to @code{put-text-property} specify the |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3107 beginning and end of the text. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3108 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3109 The usual way to make the mouse do something when you click it |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3110 on this text is to define @code{mouse-2} in the major mode's |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3111 keymap. The job of checking whether the click was on clickable text |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3112 is done by the command definition. Here is how Dired does it: |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3113 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3114 @smallexample |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3115 (defun dired-mouse-find-file-other-window (event) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3116 "In dired, visit the file or directory name you click on." |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3117 (interactive "e") |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3118 (let (file) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3119 (save-excursion |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3120 (set-buffer (window-buffer (posn-window (event-end event)))) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3121 (save-excursion |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3122 (goto-char (posn-point (event-end event))) |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3123 (setq file (dired-get-filename)))) |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3124 (select-window (posn-window (event-end event))) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3125 (find-file-other-window (file-name-sans-versions file t)))) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3126 @end smallexample |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3127 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3128 @noindent |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3129 The reason for the outer @code{save-excursion} construct is to avoid |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3130 changing the current buffer; the reason for the inner one is to avoid |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3131 permanently altering point in the buffer you click on. In this case, |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3132 Dired uses the function @code{dired-get-filename} to determine which |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3133 file to visit, based on the position found in the event. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3134 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3135 Instead of defining a mouse command for the major mode, you can define |
| 31586 | 3136 a key binding for the clickable text itself, using the @code{keymap} |
| 29102 | 3137 text property: |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3138 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3139 @example |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3140 (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) |
| 31586 | 3141 (define-key map [mouse-2] 'operate-this-button) |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3142 (put-text-property (point) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3143 (save-excursion |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3144 (dired-move-to-end-of-filename) |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3145 (point)) |
| 31586 | 3146 'keymap map)) |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3147 @end example |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3148 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3149 @noindent |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3150 This method makes it possible to define different commands for various |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3151 clickable pieces of text. Also, the major mode definition (or the |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3152 global definition) remains available for the rest of the text in the |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3153 buffer. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3154 |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3155 @node Fields |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3156 @subsection Defining and Using Fields |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3157 @cindex fields |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3158 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3159 A field is a range of consecutive characters in the buffer that are |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3160 identified by having the same value (comparing with @code{eq}) of the |
| 32091 | 3161 @code{field} property (either a text-property or an overlay property). |
| 3162 This section describes special functions that are available for | |
| 3163 operating on fields. | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3164 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3165 You specify a field with a buffer position, @var{pos}. We think of |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3166 each field as containing a range of buffer positions, so the position |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3167 you specify stands for the field containing that position. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3168 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3169 When the characters before and after @var{pos} are part of the same |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3170 field, there is no doubt which field contains @var{pos}: the one those |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3171 characters both belong to. When @var{pos} is at a boundary between |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3172 fields, which field it belongs to depends on the stickiness of the |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3173 @code{field} properties of the two surrounding characters (@pxref{Sticky |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3174 Properties}). The field whose property would be inherited by text |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3175 inserted at @var{pos} is the field that contains @var{pos}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3176 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3177 There is an anomalous case where newly inserted text at @var{pos} |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3178 would not inherit the @code{field} property from either side. This |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3179 happens if the previous character's @code{field} property is not |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3180 rear-sticky, and the following character's @code{field} property is not |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3181 front-sticky. In this case, @var{pos} belongs to neither the preceding |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3182 field nor the following field; the field functions treat it as belonging |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3183 to an empty field whose beginning and end are both at @var{pos}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3184 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3185 In all of these functions, if @var{pos} is omitted or @code{nil}, the |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3186 value of point is used by default. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3187 |
|
41490
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3188 @defun field-beginning &optional pos escape-from-edge limit |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3189 @tindex field-beginning |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3190 This function returns the beginning of the field specified by @var{pos}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3191 |
| 32091 | 3192 If @var{pos} is at the beginning of its field, and |
| 3193 @var{escape-from-edge} is non-@code{nil}, then the return value is | |
| 3194 always the beginning of the preceding field that @emph{ends} at @var{pos}, | |
| 3195 regardless of the stickiness of the @code{field} properties around | |
| 3196 @var{pos}. | |
|
41490
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3197 |
|
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3198 If @var{limit} is non-@code{nil}, it is a buffer position; if the |
|
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3199 beginning of the field is before @var{limit}, then @var{limit} will be |
|
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3200 returned instead. |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3201 @end defun |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3202 |
|
41490
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3203 @defun field-end &optional pos escape-from-edge limit |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3204 @tindex field-end |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3205 This function returns the end of the field specified by @var{pos}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3206 |
| 32091 | 3207 If @var{pos} is at the end of its field, and @var{escape-from-edge} is |
| 3208 non-@code{nil}, then the return value is always the end of the following | |
| 3209 field that @emph{begins} at @var{pos}, regardless of the stickiness of | |
| 3210 the @code{field} properties around @var{pos}. | |
|
41490
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3211 |
|
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3212 If @var{limit} is non-@code{nil}, it is a buffer position; if the end |
|
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3213 of the field is after @var{limit}, then @var{limit} will be returned |
|
794e4afabce0
(Fields): Describe new `limit' arg in field-beginning/field-end.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
40588
diff
changeset
|
3214 instead. |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3215 @end defun |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3216 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3217 @defun field-string &optional pos |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3218 @tindex field-string |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3219 This function returns the contents of the field specified by @var{pos}, |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3220 as a string. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3221 @end defun |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3222 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3223 @defun field-string-no-properties &optional pos |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3224 @tindex field-string-no-properties |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3225 This function returns the contents of the field specified by @var{pos}, |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3226 as a string, discarding text properties. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3227 @end defun |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3228 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3229 @defun delete-field &optional pos |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3230 @tindex delete-field |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3231 This function deletes the text of the field specified by @var{pos}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3232 @end defun |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3233 |
| 32091 | 3234 @defun constrain-to-field new-pos old-pos &optional escape-from-edge only-in-line inhibit-capture-property |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3235 @tindex constrain-to-field |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3236 This function ``constrains'' @var{new-pos} to the field that |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3237 @var{old-pos} belongs to---in other words, it returns the position |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3238 closest to @var{new-pos} that is in the same field as @var{old-pos}. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3239 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3240 If @var{new-pos} is @code{nil}, then @code{constrain-to-field} uses |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3241 the value of point instead, and moves point to the resulting position. |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3242 |
|
27374
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
3243 If @var{old-pos} is at the boundary of two fields, then the acceptable |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
3244 positions for @var{new-pos} depend on the value of the optional argument |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
3245 @var{escape-from-edge}. If @var{escape-from-edge} is @code{nil}, then |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
3246 @var{new-pos} is constrained to the field that has the same @code{field} |
| 32091 | 3247 property (either a text-property or an overlay property) that new |
| 3248 characters inserted at @var{old-pos} would get. (This depends on the | |
| 3249 stickiness of the @code{field} property for the characters before and | |
| 3250 after @var{old-pos}.) If @var{escape-from-edge} is non-@code{nil}, | |
| 3251 @var{new-pos} is constrained to the union of the two adjacent fields. | |
| 3252 Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with the | |
| 3253 special value @code{boundary}, then any point within this special field | |
| 3254 is also considered to be ``on the boundary.'' | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3255 |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3256 If the optional argument @var{only-in-line} is non-@code{nil}, and |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3257 constraining @var{new-pos} in the usual way would move it to a different |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3258 line, @var{new-pos} is returned unconstrained. This used in commands |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3259 that move by line, such as @code{next-line} and |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3260 @code{beginning-of-line}, so that they respect field boundaries only in |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3261 the case where they can still move to the right line. |
| 32091 | 3262 |
| 3263 If the optional argument @var{inhibit-capture-property} is | |
| 3264 non-@code{nil}, and @var{old-pos} has a non-@code{nil} property of that | |
| 3265 name, then any field boundaries are ignored. | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 You can cause @code{constrain-to-field} to ignore all field boundaries | |
| 3268 (and so never constrain anything) by binding the variable | |
| 3269 @code{inhibit-field-text-motion} to a non-nil value. | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3270 @end defun |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3271 |
| 6558 | 3272 @node Not Intervals |
| 3273 @subsection Why Text Properties are not Intervals | |
| 3274 @cindex intervals | |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 Some editors that support adding attributes to text in the buffer do | |
| 3277 so by letting the user specify ``intervals'' within the text, and adding | |
| 3278 the properties to the intervals. Those editors permit the user or the | |
| 3279 programmer to determine where individual intervals start and end. We | |
| 3280 deliberately provided a different sort of interface in Emacs Lisp to | |
| 3281 avoid certain paradoxical behavior associated with text modification. | |
| 3282 | |
| 3283 If the actual subdivision into intervals is meaningful, that means you | |
| 3284 can distinguish between a buffer that is just one interval with a | |
| 3285 certain property, and a buffer containing the same text subdivided into | |
| 3286 two intervals, both of which have that property. | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 Suppose you take the buffer with just one interval and kill part of | |
| 3289 the text. The text remaining in the buffer is one interval, and the | |
| 3290 copy in the kill ring (and the undo list) becomes a separate interval. | |
| 3291 Then if you yank back the killed text, you get two intervals with the | |
| 3292 same properties. Thus, editing does not preserve the distinction | |
| 3293 between one interval and two. | |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 Suppose we ``fix'' this problem by coalescing the two intervals when | |
| 3296 the text is inserted. That works fine if the buffer originally was a | |
| 3297 single interval. But suppose instead that we have two adjacent | |
| 3298 intervals with the same properties, and we kill the text of one interval | |
| 3299 and yank it back. The same interval-coalescence feature that rescues | |
| 3300 the other case causes trouble in this one: after yanking, we have just | |
| 3301 one interval. One again, editing does not preserve the distinction | |
| 3302 between one interval and two. | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 Insertion of text at the border between intervals also raises | |
| 3305 questions that have no satisfactory answer. | |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 However, it is easy to arrange for editing to behave consistently for | |
| 3308 questions of the form, ``What are the properties of this character?'' | |
| 3309 So we have decided these are the only questions that make sense; we have | |
| 3310 not implemented asking questions about where intervals start or end. | |
| 3311 | |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3312 In practice, you can usually use the text property search functions in |
| 6558 | 3313 place of explicit interval boundaries. You can think of them as finding |
| 3314 the boundaries of intervals, assuming that intervals are always | |
| 3315 coalesced whenever possible. @xref{Property Search}. | |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 Emacs also provides explicit intervals as a presentation feature; see | |
| 3318 @ref{Overlays}. | |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 @node Substitution | |
| 3321 @section Substituting for a Character Code | |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 The following functions replace characters within a specified region | |
| 3324 based on their character codes. | |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 @defun subst-char-in-region start end old-char new-char &optional noundo | |
| 3327 @cindex replace characters | |
| 3328 This function replaces all occurrences of the character @var{old-char} | |
| 3329 with the character @var{new-char} in the region of the current buffer | |
| 3330 defined by @var{start} and @var{end}. | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 @cindex undo avoidance | |
| 12098 | 3333 If @var{noundo} is non-@code{nil}, then @code{subst-char-in-region} does |
| 3334 not record the change for undo and does not mark the buffer as modified. | |
|
26696
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3335 This was useful for controlling the old selective display feature |
|
ef5e7bbe6f19
Current version from /gd/gnu/elisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
25875
diff
changeset
|
3336 (@pxref{Selective Display}). |
| 6558 | 3337 |
| 3338 @code{subst-char-in-region} does not move point and returns | |
| 3339 @code{nil}. | |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 @example | |
| 3342 @group | |
| 3343 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 3344 This is the contents of the buffer before. | |
| 3345 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 3346 @end group | |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 @group | |
| 3349 (subst-char-in-region 1 20 ?i ?X) | |
| 3350 @result{} nil | |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 3353 ThXs Xs the contents of the buffer before. | |
| 3354 ---------- Buffer: foo ---------- | |
| 3355 @end group | |
| 3356 @end example | |
| 3357 @end defun | |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 @defun translate-region start end table | |
| 3360 This function applies a translation table to the characters in the | |
| 3361 buffer between positions @var{start} and @var{end}. | |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 The translation table @var{table} is a string; @code{(aref @var{table} | |
| 3364 @var{ochar})} gives the translated character corresponding to | |
| 3365 @var{ochar}. If the length of @var{table} is less than 256, any | |
| 3366 characters with codes larger than the length of @var{table} are not | |
| 3367 altered by the translation. | |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 The return value of @code{translate-region} is the number of | |
|
8427
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
3370 characters that were actually changed by the translation. This does |
|
bc548090f760
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7735
diff
changeset
|
3371 not count characters that were mapped into themselves in the |
| 6558 | 3372 translation table. |
| 3373 @end defun | |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 @node Registers | |
| 3376 @section Registers | |
| 3377 @cindex registers | |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 A register is a sort of variable used in Emacs editing that can hold a | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3380 variety of different kinds of values. Each register is named by a |
|
27374
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
3381 single character. All @sc{ascii} characters and their meta variants |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
3382 (but with the exception of @kbd{C-g}) can be used to name registers. |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
3383 Thus, there are 255 possible registers. A register is designated in |
|
0f5edee5242b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
27189
diff
changeset
|
3384 Emacs Lisp by the character that is its name. |
| 6558 | 3385 |
| 3386 @defvar register-alist | |
| 3387 This variable is an alist of elements of the form @code{(@var{name} . | |
| 3388 @var{contents})}. Normally, there is one element for each Emacs | |
| 3389 register that has been used. | |
| 3390 | |
| 3391 The object @var{name} is a character (an integer) identifying the | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3392 register. |
| 6558 | 3393 @end defvar |
| 3394 | |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3395 The @var{contents} of a register can have several possible types: |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3396 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3397 @table @asis |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3398 @item a number |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3399 A number stands for itself. If @code{insert-register} finds a number |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3400 in the register, it converts the number to decimal. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3401 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3402 @item a marker |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3403 A marker represents a buffer position to jump to. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3404 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3405 @item a string |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3406 A string is text saved in the register. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3407 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3408 @item a rectangle |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3409 A rectangle is represented by a list of strings. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3410 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3411 @item @code{(@var{window-configuration} @var{position})} |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3412 This represents a window configuration to restore in one frame, and a |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3413 position to jump to in the current buffer. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3414 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3415 @item @code{(@var{frame-configuration} @var{position})} |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3416 This represents a frame configuration to restore, and a position |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3417 to jump to in the current buffer. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3418 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3419 @item (file @var{filename}) |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3420 This represents a file to visit; jumping to this value visits file |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3421 @var{filename}. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3422 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3423 @item (file-query @var{filename} @var{position}) |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3424 This represents a file to visit and a position in it; jumping to this |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3425 value visits file @var{filename} and goes to buffer position |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3426 @var{position}. Restoring this type of position asks the user for |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3427 confirmation first. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3428 @end table |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3429 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3430 The functions in this section return unpredictable values unless |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3431 otherwise stated. |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3432 |
| 6558 | 3433 @defun get-register reg |
| 3434 This function returns the contents of the register | |
| 3435 @var{reg}, or @code{nil} if it has no contents. | |
| 3436 @end defun | |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 @defun set-register reg value | |
| 3439 This function sets the contents of register @var{reg} to @var{value}. | |
| 3440 A register can be set to any value, but the other register functions | |
| 3441 expect only certain data types. The return value is @var{value}. | |
| 3442 @end defun | |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 @deffn Command view-register reg | |
| 3445 This command displays what is contained in register @var{reg}. | |
| 3446 @end deffn | |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 @ignore | |
| 3449 @deffn Command point-to-register reg | |
| 3450 This command stores both the current location of point and the current | |
| 3451 buffer in register @var{reg} as a marker. | |
| 3452 @end deffn | |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 @deffn Command jump-to-register reg | |
| 3455 @deffnx Command register-to-point reg | |
| 3456 @comment !!SourceFile register.el | |
| 3457 This command restores the status recorded in register @var{reg}. | |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 If @var{reg} contains a marker, it moves point to the position stored in | |
| 3460 the marker. Since both the buffer and the location within the buffer | |
| 3461 are stored by the @code{point-to-register} function, this command can | |
| 3462 switch you to another buffer. | |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 If @var{reg} contains a window configuration or a frame configuration. | |
| 3465 @code{jump-to-register} restores that configuration. | |
| 3466 @end deffn | |
| 3467 @end ignore | |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 @deffn Command insert-register reg &optional beforep | |
| 3470 This command inserts contents of register @var{reg} into the current | |
| 3471 buffer. | |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 Normally, this command puts point before the inserted text, and the | |
| 3474 mark after it. However, if the optional second argument @var{beforep} | |
| 3475 is non-@code{nil}, it puts the mark before and point after. | |
| 3476 You can pass a non-@code{nil} second argument @var{beforep} to this | |
| 3477 function interactively by supplying any prefix argument. | |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 If the register contains a rectangle, then the rectangle is inserted | |
| 3480 with its upper left corner at point. This means that text is inserted | |
| 3481 in the current line and underneath it on successive lines. | |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 If the register contains something other than saved text (a string) or | |
| 3484 a rectangle (a list), currently useless things happen. This may be | |
| 3485 changed in the future. | |
| 3486 @end deffn | |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 @ignore | |
| 3489 @deffn Command copy-to-register reg start end &optional delete-flag | |
| 3490 This command copies the region from @var{start} to @var{end} into | |
| 3491 register @var{reg}. If @var{delete-flag} is non-@code{nil}, it deletes | |
| 3492 the region from the buffer after copying it into the register. | |
| 3493 @end deffn | |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 @deffn Command prepend-to-register reg start end &optional delete-flag | |
| 3496 This command prepends the region from @var{start} to @var{end} into | |
| 3497 register @var{reg}. If @var{delete-flag} is non-@code{nil}, it deletes | |
| 3498 the region from the buffer after copying it to the register. | |
| 3499 @end deffn | |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 @deffn Command append-to-register reg start end &optional delete-flag | |
| 3502 This command appends the region from @var{start} to @var{end} to the | |
| 3503 text already in register @var{reg}. If @var{delete-flag} is | |
| 3504 non-@code{nil}, it deletes the region from the buffer after copying it | |
| 3505 to the register. | |
| 3506 @end deffn | |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 @deffn Command copy-rectangle-to-register reg start end &optional delete-flag | |
| 3509 This command copies a rectangular region from @var{start} to @var{end} | |
| 3510 into register @var{reg}. If @var{delete-flag} is non-@code{nil}, it | |
| 3511 deletes the region from the buffer after copying it to the register. | |
| 3512 @end deffn | |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 @deffn Command window-configuration-to-register reg | |
| 3515 This function stores the window configuration of the selected frame in | |
| 3516 register @var{reg}. | |
| 3517 @end deffn | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 @deffn Command frame-configuration-to-register reg | |
| 3520 This function stores the current frame configuration in register | |
| 3521 @var{reg}. | |
| 3522 @end deffn | |
| 3523 @end ignore | |
| 3524 | |
|
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3525 @node Transposition |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3526 @section Transposition of Text |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3527 |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3528 This subroutine is used by the transposition commands. |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3529 |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3530 @defun transpose-regions start1 end1 start2 end2 &optional leave-markers |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3531 This function exchanges two nonoverlapping portions of the buffer. |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3532 Arguments @var{start1} and @var{end1} specify the bounds of one portion |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3533 and arguments @var{start2} and @var{end2} specify the bounds of the |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3534 other portion. |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3535 |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3536 Normally, @code{transpose-regions} relocates markers with the transposed |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3537 text; a marker previously positioned within one of the two transposed |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3538 portions moves along with that portion, thus remaining between the same |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3539 two characters in their new position. However, if @var{leave-markers} |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3540 is non-@code{nil}, @code{transpose-regions} does not do this---it leaves |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3541 all markers unrelocated. |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3542 @end defun |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3543 |
|
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3544 @node Base 64 |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3545 @section Base 64 Encoding |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3546 @cindex base 64 encoding |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3547 |
| 39168 | 3548 Base 64 code is used in email to encode a sequence of 8-bit bytes as |
| 3549 a longer sequence of @sc{ascii} graphic characters. It is defined in | |
|
39208
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3550 Internet RFC@footnote{ |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3551 An RFC, an acronym for @dfn{Request for Comments}, is a numbered |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3552 Internet informational document describing a standard. RFCs are |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3553 usually written by technical experts acting on their own initiative, |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3554 and are traditionally written in a pragmatic, experience-driven |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3555 manner. |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3556 }2045. This section describes the functions for |
| 39168 | 3557 converting to and from this code. |
|
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3558 |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3559 @defun base64-encode-region beg end &optional no-line-break |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3560 @tindex base64-encode-region |
| 33911 | 3561 This function converts the region from @var{beg} to @var{end} into base |
| 3562 64 code. It returns the length of the encoded text. An error is | |
| 3563 signaled if a character in the region is multibyte, i.e.@: in a | |
| 3564 multibyte buffer the region must contain only characters from the | |
| 3565 charsets @code{ascii}, @code{eight-bit-control} and | |
| 3566 @code{eight-bit-graphic}. | |
|
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3567 |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3568 Normally, this function inserts newline characters into the encoded |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3569 text, to avoid overlong lines. However, if the optional argument |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3570 @var{no-line-break} is non-@code{nil}, these newlines are not added, so |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3571 the output is just one long line. |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3572 @end defun |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3573 |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3574 @defun base64-encode-string string &optional no-line-break |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3575 @tindex base64-encode-string |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3576 This function converts the string @var{string} into base 64 code. It |
| 33911 | 3577 returns a string containing the encoded text. As for |
| 3578 @code{base64-encode-region}, an error is signaled if a character in the | |
| 3579 string is multibyte. | |
|
24951
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3580 |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3581 Normally, this function inserts newline characters into the encoded |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3582 text, to avoid overlong lines. However, if the optional argument |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3583 @var{no-line-break} is non-@code{nil}, these newlines are not added, so |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3584 the result string is just one long line. |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3585 @end defun |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3586 |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3587 @defun base64-decode-region beg end |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3588 @tindex base64-decode-region |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3589 This function converts the region from @var{beg} to @var{end} from base |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3590 64 code into the corresponding decoded text. It returns the length of |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3591 the decoded text. |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3592 |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3593 The decoding functions ignore newline characters in the encoded text. |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3594 @end defun |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3595 |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3596 @defun base64-decode-string string |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3597 @tindex base64-decode-string |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3598 This function converts the string @var{string} from base 64 code into |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3599 the corresponding decoded text. It returns a string containing the |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3600 decoded text. |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3601 |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3602 The decoding functions ignore newline characters in the encoded text. |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3603 @end defun |
|
7451b1458af1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
23147
diff
changeset
|
3604 |
|
39208
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3605 @node MD5 Checksum |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3606 @section MD5 Checksum |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3607 @cindex MD5 checksum |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3608 @cindex message digest computation |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3609 |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3610 MD5 cryptographic checksums, or @dfn{message digests}, are 128-bit |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3611 ``fingerprints'' of a document or program. They are used to verify |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3612 that you have an exact and unaltered copy of the data. The algorithm |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3613 to calculate the MD5 message digest is defined in Internet |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3614 RFC@footnote{ |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3615 For an explanation of what is an RFC, see the footnote in @ref{Base |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3616 64}. |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3617 }1321. This section describes the Emacs facilities for computing |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3618 message digests. |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3619 |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3620 @defun md5 object &optional start end coding-system noerror |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3621 This function returns the MD5 message digest of @var{object}, which |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3622 should be a buffer or a string. |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3623 |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3624 The two optional arguments @var{start} and @var{end} are character |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3625 positions specifying the portion of @var{object} to compute the |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3626 message digest for. If they are @code{nil} or omitted, the digest is |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3627 computed for the whole of @var{object}. |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3628 |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3629 The function @code{md5} does not compute the message digest directly |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3630 from the internal Emacs representation of the text (@pxref{Text |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3631 Representations}). Instead, it encodes the text using a coding |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3632 system, and computes the message digest from the encoded text. The |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3633 optional fourth argument @var{coding-system} specifies which coding |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3634 system to use for encoding the text. It should be the same coding |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3635 system that you used to read the text, or that you used or will use |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3636 when saving or sending the text. @xref{Coding Systems}, for more |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3637 information about coding systems. |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3638 |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3639 If @var{coding-system} is @code{nil} or omitted, the default depends |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3640 on @var{object}. If @var{object} is a buffer, the default for |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3641 @var{coding-system} is whatever coding system would be chosen by |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3642 default for writing this text into a file. If @var{object} is a |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3643 string, the user's most preferred coding system (@pxref{Recognize |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3644 Coding, prefer-coding-system, the description of |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3645 @code{prefer-coding-system}, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}) is used. |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3646 |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3647 Normally, @code{md5} signals an error if the text can't be encoded |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3648 using the specified or chosen coding system. However, if |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3649 @var{noerror} is non-@code{nil}, it silently uses @code{raw-text} |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3650 coding instead. |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3651 @end defun |
|
ad4839873265
(MD5 Checksum): New node, documents the md5 primitive.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39168
diff
changeset
|
3652 |
| 6558 | 3653 @node Change Hooks |
| 3654 @section Change Hooks | |
| 3655 @cindex change hooks | |
| 3656 @cindex hooks for text changes | |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 These hook variables let you arrange to take notice of all changes in | |
| 3659 all buffers (or in a particular buffer, if you make them buffer-local). | |
| 3660 See also @ref{Special Properties}, for how to detect changes to specific | |
| 3661 parts of the text. | |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 The functions you use in these hooks should save and restore the match | |
| 3664 data if they do anything that uses regular expressions; otherwise, they | |
| 3665 will interfere in bizarre ways with the editing operations that call | |
| 3666 them. | |
| 3667 | |
|
6782
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3668 @defvar before-change-functions |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3669 This variable holds a list of functions to call before any buffer |
|
6782
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3670 modification. Each function gets two arguments, the beginning and end |
|
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3671 of the region that is about to change, represented as integers. The |
|
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3672 buffer that is about to change is always the current buffer. |
|
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3673 @end defvar |
|
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3674 |
|
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3675 @defvar after-change-functions |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3676 This variable holds a list of functions to call after any buffer |
|
6782
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3677 modification. Each function receives three arguments: the beginning and |
|
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3678 end of the region just changed, and the length of the text that existed |
|
19467
d76f57ca7aba
Explain after-change-functions and chars vs bytes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18339
diff
changeset
|
3679 before the change. All three arguments are integers. The buffer that's |
|
d76f57ca7aba
Explain after-change-functions and chars vs bytes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18339
diff
changeset
|
3680 about to change is always the current buffer. |
|
d76f57ca7aba
Explain after-change-functions and chars vs bytes.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18339
diff
changeset
|
3681 |
|
22252
40089afa2b1d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
22138
diff
changeset
|
3682 The length of the old text is the difference between the buffer positions |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3683 before and after that text as it was before the change. As for the |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3684 changed text, its length is simply the difference between the first two |
|
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3685 arguments. |
|
6782
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3686 @end defvar |
|
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3687 |
|
22138
d4ac295a98b3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21682
diff
changeset
|
3688 @defmac combine-after-change-calls body... |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3689 The macro executes @var{body} normally, but arranges to call the |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3690 after-change functions just once for a series of several changes---if |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3691 that seems safe. |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3692 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3693 If a program makes several text changes in the same area of the buffer, |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3694 using the macro @code{combine-after-change-calls} around that part of |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3695 the program can make it run considerably faster when after-change hooks |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3696 are in use. When the after-change hooks are ultimately called, the |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3697 arguments specify a portion of the buffer including all of the changes |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3698 made within the @code{combine-after-change-calls} body. |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3699 |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3700 @strong{Warning:} You must not alter the values of |
| 31079 | 3701 @code{after-change-functions} within |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3702 the body of a @code{combine-after-change-calls} form. |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3703 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3704 @strong{Note:} If the changes you combine occur in widely scattered |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3705 parts of the buffer, this will still work, but it is not advisable, |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3706 because it may lead to inefficient behavior for some change hook |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3707 functions. |
|
21007
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3708 @end defmac |
|
66d807bdc5b4
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19467
diff
changeset
|
3709 |
| 31079 | 3710 The two variables above are temporarily bound to @code{nil} during the |
|
6782
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3711 time that any of these functions is running. This means that if one of |
| 6558 | 3712 these functions changes the buffer, that change won't run these |
|
6782
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3713 functions. If you do want a hook function to make changes that run |
|
5b07647ec8f7
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6558
diff
changeset
|
3714 these functions, make it bind these variables back to their usual |
| 6558 | 3715 values. |
| 3716 | |
|
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3717 One inconvenient result of this protective feature is that you cannot |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3718 have a function in @code{after-change-functions} or |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3719 @code{before-change-functions} which changes the value of that variable. |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3720 But that's not a real limitation. If you want those functions to change |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3721 the list of functions to run, simply add one fixed function to the hook, |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3722 and code that function to look in another variable for other functions |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3723 to call. Here is an example: |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3724 |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3725 @example |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3726 (setq my-own-after-change-functions nil) |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3727 (defun indirect-after-change-function (beg end len) |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3728 (let ((list my-own-after-change-functions)) |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3729 (while list |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3730 (funcall (car list) beg end len) |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3731 (setq list (cdr list))))) |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3732 |
|
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3733 @group |
|
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3734 (add-hooks 'after-change-functions |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3735 'indirect-after-change-function) |
|
21682
90da2489c498
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21007
diff
changeset
|
3736 @end group |
|
7735
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3737 @end example |
|
7db892210924
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6782
diff
changeset
|
3738 |
| 6558 | 3739 @defvar first-change-hook |
| 3740 This variable is a normal hook that is run whenever a buffer is changed | |
| 3741 that was previously in the unmodified state. | |
| 3742 @end defvar | |
|
25751
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3743 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3744 @defvar inhibit-modification-hooks |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3745 @tindex inhibit-modification-hooks |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3746 If this variable is non-@code{nil}, all of the change hooks are |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3747 disabled; none of them run. This affects all the hook variables |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3748 described above in this section, as well as the hooks attached to |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3749 certain special text properties (@pxref{Special Properties}) and overlay |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3750 properties (@pxref{Overlay Properties}). |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3751 |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3752 This variable is available starting in Emacs 21. |
|
467b88fab665
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
25454
diff
changeset
|
3753 @end defvar |
